<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/smart-station/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sun, 30 Jul 2023 11:43:01 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 30 Jul 2023 11:43:01 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analytic]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CORTROL VMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DMS Lite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[GANZ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ganz CORTROL]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion search]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharos Series]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SMART Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[TP-Link]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Turing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=3770</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide, CORTROL Global provides a unified Video Management System (VMS) for enterprise networks of any size. ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/#more-3770" aria-label="Read more about GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide, CORTROL Global provides a unified Video Management System (VMS) for enterprise networks of any size. By uniting the actionable intelligence in a central security command center, CORTROL Global delivers situational awareness, proactively optimizing incident management for large-scale security installations.</p>
<p><strong>CORTROL Global</strong> is one of the market&#8217;s most comprehensive enterprise-level VMS solutions, featuring interactive maps linked to alarms, an exceptional event and action manager, analytics tools, video wall support, and proactive components. In addition, the edge recording ensures your data safety by synchronizing with IP storage devices, archive replication, advanced system health monitoring, and failover, which reduces the disruption of your video surveillance recordings to zero. All this, plus various customization possibilities and Ganz&#8217;s excellent technical support.</p>
<p>With CORTROL Global, you can optimize the command center&#8217;s video wall. Create custom configurations or force users to specific video walls. For example, create &#8220;Area Focused&#8221; video walls to review footage quickly.</p>
<ul>
<li>Highly secure encrypted camera and client communication</li>
<li>Powerful event and action manager</li>
<li>Real-time geolocation / map / mobile tracking</li>
<li>Multiple access control integrations, including <a href="https://www.feenics.com/acaas/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Feenics Keep</a> , <a href="https://www.kerisys.com/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">Keri<sup>® </sup>Systems Doors.net</a> , <a href="https://products.security.gallagher.com/security/global/en/products/software/command-centre/p/C201311" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Gallagher Command Center</a> , <a href="https://www.napcosecurity.com/products/access-control/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">NAPCO Continental</a> , and <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/integrations" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">more</a></li>
<li>Cloud, VM Environments supported</li>
<li>Powerful FR, LPR, AI, and UICC modules</li>
<li>Intuitive configuration and deployment features will have your network up and running quickly and simply.</li>
<li>Advanced features: event &amp; action manager, powerful analytics: FR, LPR, VCA, 64-bit core, integrations/API maps &amp; mobile streaming</li>
<li>Supports  <a href="http://ganzsecurity.com/supported-cameras" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">15,</a> <a href="http://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=2040" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">000+ models of network cameras and network video servers</a> from over 190+ manufacturers</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Full HD and UHD Resolution</strong><br />
Stream up to 4k and 8k resolution.</p>
<p><strong>Advanced Event and Action Manager</strong><br />
Specify the desired outcome of your video surveillance system&#8217;s operation. Determine how the software reacts to any event caught on camera and how it turns events into an automated process. For example, send emails, activate DI/DO, interact with any other software, or bring the operator&#8217;s attention to a camera that requires immediate action. This functionality can be used for a single event or a set of sequenced circumstances to eliminate false alarms and improve the efficiency of your surveillance system.</p>
<p><strong>Multiple Integrations</strong><br />
CORTROL is engineered to unify Video Surveillance, <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1190/integrating-with-access-control" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Access Control,</a> <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/page/701/gxi-licenses" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Video Analytics,</a> <a href="http://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1206/halo-iot-smart-sensor" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">IoT Sensors (vaping sensors, bullying,</a> and <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1186/active-shooter-detection" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">gunshot detectors</a> ), <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1122/cortrol-lpr-module" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">license plate recognition</a> , <a href="https://ganzcloud.com/features" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">deep cloud learning</a> , <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/subpage/1199/unifying-security-and-intercom-communications" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">intercom communications,</a> <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/page/733/crucialtrak-multi-biometric-access-control-system" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">biometrics,</a> and other IP Systems to provide real-time situational awareness. <a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/integration" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Go to the integration section&gt;&gt;</a></p>
<p><strong>CORTROL Video Analytics (CVA)</strong><br />
<span data-preserver-spaces="true">Advanced computational neural network engine provides AI analytics to any camera in your system. For example, create Zones/Lines to alert on perimeter intrusion, loitering, and AI Classification of persons, vehicles, and animals. Become efficient with the information you see. Take advantage of the full potential of your video surveillance system with video content analysis. Improve the functionality of your surveillance while analyzing large amounts of data to determine a specific pattern in a particular task. </span></p>
<p><strong>Smarter Business Security</strong><br />
CORTROL connects video, locks, card readers, or door contacts via Cloud, delivering versatility to smart business security &#8211;  all at a very economical cost.  CORTROL Global is engineered for medium and large enterprise business space.</p>
<p><strong>Maps</strong><br />
Maps provide a complete examination of the entire installation of cameras, delivering immediate visual verification. All the alerts are integrated with the maps and can be set up to be viewed on the overview as well — you can specify the location of the alarm event immediately.</p>
<p><strong>Web Access</strong><br />
Get permanent access to live streaming and archive video through your web browser.</p>
<p><strong>Information Channels</strong><br />
Streaming branding, informational or urgent announcements</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Acknowledgement</strong><br />
Make sure that no event skips the attention of the operator. An operator must confirm all alarms, automatically generating a bookmark towards the event in the archive. By requiring the operator to record actions in a journal, there is a tracking of performed actions towards each event.</p>
<p><strong>Integrations and API</strong><br />
CORTROL offers customizable integration with other software systems in the form of a software development kit (SDK), CORTROL RESTful API.</p>
<p><strong>Mobile Applications</strong><br />
You can use your mobile device to access live and archived streams. Use PTZ presets, control 2-way audio, or the mobile phone camera to stream video and audio directly to the server.</p>
<p><strong>Live Streaming</strong><br />
The streaming server can make a live cast of videos on a website or YouTube.</p>
<p><strong>Edge Recording</strong><br />
You can synchronize all your data with IP device storage. With this feature, if the network connection with any camera is lost, the camera still records your data. It is fully transferred to your server as soon as the network connection is re-established.</p>
<h2>GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/3675/ganz-dms-lite-user-manual/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">GANZ DMS Lite User Manual</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/3233/gamut-surveillance-client-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">TP-Link Pharos Series Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2682/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener">Turing SMART Station Installation Guide</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Ganz CORTROL is also available in the following editions:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/cortrolpremier" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">CORTROL Premier </a>&#8211; Standalone System 24Ch / 48Ch / 72ch / 96ch</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/cortrol" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>Learn More About Ganz CORTROL VMS Editions and Features.</strong></a></p>
<p><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="510" height="364" class="wp-image-3772" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 2" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 26" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2.jpeg 510w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-300x214.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></p>
<p>Reiated settıngs</p>
<p>Addıtıonal admmıstnMıve tooB</p>
<p>Bıtlocker settıngs</p>
<p>Device Manager</p>
<p>System ınto</p>
<p>Have a question?</p>
<p>Get help</p>
<p>Make Window$ betten</p>
<p>G™e us feedback</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark0"></a> CORTROL Prerequisites</li>
</ol>
<p>There are a few requirements for the system the GANZ CORTROL Client will run on.</p>
<p>The ports for remote connections should be enabled through the firewalls (default ports are 60554 for the GANZ CORTROL Client)</p>
<p>The Bit version of Windows, 32-Bit vs. 64-Bit on the PC/Server should be confirmed.</p>
<p><strong>For Windows 7: </strong>To confirm your Windows bit version, go to Control Panel &gt; System and confirm <em>System type</em> as 32-Bit or 64-Bit.</p>
<p><strong>For Windows 10: </strong>To confirm your Windows bit version, go to “Settings &gt; System and confirm <em>System type</em> as 32-Bit or 64-Bit.</p>
<p>© Home AbOUt</p>
<p>Si Windows10</p>
<p>O Dısplay <sup>ni,me</sup> bdenmeade2</p>
<p>Rename thıs PC</p>
<p>□ Notmcatıons &amp; actıons</p>
<p>,<sub>K</sub> _ „ , _ Orgamzatıon CBCAMER1CA</p>
<p>O Power &amp; sleep</p>
<p>Managc o» dBconncct from worfc or school</p>
<p>O Battery Edrtıon Windows 10 Pro</p>
<p>= storage Versıors <sup>1703</sup></p>
<p>OS Boild 15063.483</p>
<p>Cg Tablet mode ProductlO 00342-50721-92491-AAOEM</p>
<p>O Multıtaskıno Processor Intel(R) CorefTM) İ7 6600U CPU ® 260GHz 2S1</p>
<p>GHz</p>
<p>&amp; Projecting to thrs PC ınstalled RAM 8.00 GB (736 GB usabte)</p>
<p>System type 64-bit operabng system, x64-based processor</p>
<p>X Shared expetıences <sub>Pen ând |oucf)</sub> j*, <sub>or t0UC</sub>h mput ıs avaılable «or thıs dısplay</p>
<p>O About Change product key or upgrade your edition of Wındows</p>
<p>Read the Prıvacy Statement for Wındows and Microsoft Services</p>
<p>Read the Microsoft Services Agreemcnt that applies to our Services</p>
<p>Rcad the Microsoft Softvrare Ucense Terms</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark2"></a> CORTROL Client Installer</li>
</ol>
<p>The CORTROL Client Installer can be found at<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/library?cat=128" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Ganz Security/Software i</a>ncludes both the CORTROL Management Console, and the CORTROL Client installer.</p>
<p>From the link please select and download either CORTROL Console 32bit or 64bit, depending on the Windows OS bit version of the host server.</p>
<p>For convenience, links to the 32Bit, and 64Bit versions of the CORTROL Console are provided below.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>For most browsers, any downloaded files can be found in the Windows Download folder.</p>
<p><strong><em>I</em></strong></p>
<p><strong><em>/* GANZ</em></strong></p>
<p>JyCDRTRDL<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=1908" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Client 32Bit</a></p>
<p><strong>İ</strong></p>
<p><strong>Z <em>GANZ</em></strong></p>
<p>y&#8217;CORTROL<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=1907" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Client 64Bit</a></p>
<p><em><sup><s>v</s></sup><s> — J</s></em></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark4"></a> Client Installation</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Navigate to the Microsoft Windows download folder.</li>
<li>Double click on the CORTROL Client installer, to begin the installation process.</li>
<li>Select the installation language and click <em>Next.</em></li>
<li>Accept the terms of agreement and click <em>Next.</em></li>
<li>Accept default installation location and click <em>Next.</em> (Change location destination if required.)</li>
<li>Select the needed application language and click <em>Next.</em></li>
<li>Once installation is complete, click <em>Finish.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><img decoding="async" width="466" height="299" class="wp-image-3773" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 3" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 27" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3.jpeg 466w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /> <img decoding="async" width="461" height="301" class="wp-image-3774" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 4" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 28" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4.jpeg 461w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="474" height="316" class="wp-image-3775" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 5" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 29" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5.jpeg 474w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="457" height="319" class="wp-image-3776" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 6" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 30" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6.jpeg 457w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-300x209.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="374" class="wp-image-3777" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 7" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 31" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7.jpeg 476w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-300x236.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="459" height="370" class="wp-image-3778" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 8" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 32" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8.jpeg 459w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-300x242.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 459px) 100vw, 459px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-3770-bookmark6"></a> Client Configuration</li>
</ol>
<p>To launch the CORTROL Client interface, double click on its desktop icon. H</p>
<p>The Client will require configuration, to connect to the CORTROL Global Demo Server.</p>
<ul>
<li>Select “Disconnect”, as no server is currently configured.</li>
<li>Select “Connection” located in the top right corner.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="731" height="435" class="wp-image-3779" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 9" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 33" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9.jpeg 731w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9-300x179.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 731px) 100vw, 731px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Select the “Local Server” listed under “Connections, and then select “Edit”</li>
<li>Leave the default “Server title”</li>
<li>For the “IP address and port” enter: 173.42.78.61 &#8211; Leave the default port at 60554.</li>
<li>Enter “demo” all lower case for the “Username”</li>
<li>Enter “2468” for the password.</li>
<li>Select “Remember Password” and then click on “Save”.</li>
<li>Select the “Local Server” listed under “Connections” and then click on “Connect”.</li>
<li>Click on the “X” to close / exit, “Connections”</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="405" height="359" class="wp-image-3780" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 10" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 34" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10.jpeg 405w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10-300x266.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 405px) 100vw, 405px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="398" height="355" class="wp-image-3781" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 11" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 35" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11.jpeg 398w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-300x268.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 398px) 100vw, 398px" /></p>
<p><strong>CORTROL Client Download</strong></p>
<p>V2.0.3</p>
<p>The “Demo” user have been giving no restriction on functionality within the GANZ CORTROL Client.</p>
<p>Please reference the<a href="https://ganzsecurity.com/file?id=1932" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> CORTROL Client Manual f</a>or navigation, and usage.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="917" height="497" class="wp-image-3782" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 12" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 36" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12.jpeg 917w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 917px) 100vw, 917px" /></p>
<p>CORTROL Client Quick Guide</p>
<p>v1.0.2</p>
<p><strong>Main window</strong></p>
<p>The main window displays content provided by the server, which depend upon the selected tab. Please see the corresponding sections of this document for detailed information about each mode.</p>
<p>The Ganz CORTROL Client application window title displays window name, display number, and computer station name.</p>
<p><strong>Upper right corner &#8211; window controls</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="200" height="34" class="wp-image-3783" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-1-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 1 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 37"></p>
<p>From this panel, the Ganz CORTROL Client application window can be:</p>
<ul>
<li>Opened in full screen mode</li>
<li>Minimized to taskbar</li>
<li>Maximized/restored to default size</li>
<li>Closed</li>
</ul>
<p>To enter full screen, F11 can also be used; to exit full screen mode, press <em>Escape</em> or <em>F11</em> on the keyboard.</p>
<p><strong>Upper panel &#8211; tabs</strong></p>
<p>I I Live £&gt; Playback Sequence Smart search /A Alerts pa~| Library</p>
<p>The upper panel contains tabs that allow you to quickly switch between main software functionality. The following tabs may be available, depending on the software version:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Live</strong>: real-time video</li>
<li><strong>Playback</strong>: recorded video</li>
<li><strong>Sequence Explorer</strong>: recorded video analysis</li>
<li><strong>Smart Search</strong>: recording motion video analysis</li>
<li><strong>Alerts</strong>: generated alerts</li>
<li><strong>Library</strong>: exported video and snapshots</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Upper panel &#8211; server connections</strong></p>
<p>S Connection (1 servers)</p>
<p>The <em>Connection</em> button opens server connection setup window and displays the number of currently configured servers.</p>
<p><strong>Upper right: main menu</strong></p>
<p>File Edit View Help</p>
<p>This section contains the main application menu items.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>File; </strong><em>Exit</em>: close the Ganz CORTROL Client Application</li>
<li><strong>Edit</strong>; <em>Settings</em>: application settings</li>
<li><strong>View</strong>: operation modes</li>
</ul>
<p>o <em>Always on top</em></p>
<p>o <em>Exclusivity Mode</em></p>
<p>o <em>Locked application</em></p>
<p><strong>Help</strong>; <em>About</em>: about Ganz CORTROL Client</p>
<p><strong>Server Connections</strong></p>
<p>If you wish to connect to a remote server, follow the steps below.</p>
<p>Select the <em>Connection</em> section in the upper panel to bring up the dialog box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="785" height="378" class="wp-image-3784" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 2 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 38" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1.jpeg 785w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1-300x144.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-2-1-768x370.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 785px) 100vw, 785px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="785" height="151" class="wp-image-3785" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 3 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 39" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1.jpeg 785w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-3-1-768x148.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 785px) 100vw, 785px" /></p>
<p>Select a server by clicking it in the item list and click <em>Connect</em> to connect with the selected server. Server resources will automatically appear in the left-hand panel.</p>
<p>Click <em>Disconnect</em> in this same dialog box to log out from the selected server.</p>
<p><strong>Video Channels</strong></p>
<p>Each video displayed in live view is placed into a &#8216;slot&#8217;, a part of the layout, called viewport.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="607" height="308" class="wp-image-3786" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 4 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 40" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-1.jpeg 607w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-4-1-300x152.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 607px) 100vw, 607px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="95" height="26" class="wp-image-3787" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-5-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 5 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 41"></p>
<p>X rf* Traffic Cam</p>
<p>Lower-left: Stream details</p>
<p>i f H.264 VGA 30FPS 2.5 Mb/s</p>
<p>Enabled items are highlighted yellow:</p>
<p>Upper-left: general viewport controls</p>
<p>o <strong>X: </strong>close the stream and free the viewport</p>
<p>o <strong>Lock</strong>: unlocked/locked (Unlocked video in can be replaced by other cameras)</p>
<p>o <strong>Camera name: </strong>Name given the camera</p>
<p>Upper-right: Current time on the server from which the device originates</p>
<p>o <strong>Recording status: </strong>X = not recording, yellow arrow = recording</p>
<p>o <strong>Motion detector status: </strong>running = motion present, standing still = no motion</p>
<p>o <strong>Video codec of the stream: </strong>H.264, MJPEG</p>
<p>o <strong>Picture resolution: </strong>XVGA, 2.8MP</p>
<p>o <strong>Stream frame rate: </strong>xFPS</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="379" height="37" class="wp-image-3788" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 6 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 42" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-1.jpeg 379w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-6-1-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /><a id="post-3770-bookmark0"></a> o Stream bitrate: xKb/s, xMb/s</p>
<p>Lower-right: Controls</p>
<p>o <strong>Instant playback: </strong>Playback of currently select time, (Default, last five minutes)</p>
<p>o <strong>PTZ toggle: </strong>PTZ HUD and bottom panel ON/OFF</p>
<p>o <strong>DPTZ toggle: </strong>Toggle digital PTZ control</p>
<p>o <strong>Motion grid: </strong>ON/OFF</p>
<p>o <strong>Substream: </strong>Auto/main/substream</p>
<p>o <strong>Incoming audio: </strong>ON/OFF</p>
<p>o <strong>Audio OUT: </strong>Press and hold the microphone to speak</p>
<p>o <strong>Aspect ratio: </strong>Auto/stretch to fill viewport/original</p>
<p>o <strong>Notification panel toggle: </strong>Toggle display of device centric notification panel</p>
<p>o <strong>Bookmark: </strong>Bookmark current selection of time for later retrieval, review</p>
<p>o <strong>Snapshot: </strong>Export snapshot of current image to library</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="580" height="33" class="wp-image-3789" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 7 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 43" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-1.jpeg 580w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-7-1-300x17.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 580px) 100vw, 580px" /></p>
<p>Bottom: PTZ controls</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Presets Tours: </strong>Listing presets, with option to initiate tour</li>
<li><strong>HUD (Heads Up Display): </strong>ON/OFF (Centre: PTZ HUD controls) o Pan and tilt arrows</li>
</ul>
<p>o Zoom slider</p>
<p>o Iris slide (If camera supported)</p>
<p>o Focus slider (If camera supported)</p>
<p><strong>Instant Playback</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="798" height="406" class="wp-image-3790" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 8 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 44" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1.jpeg 798w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-8-1-768x391.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 798px) 100vw, 798px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="87" height="35" class="wp-image-3791" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-9-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 9 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 45"> The following overlay controls are available in the instant playback mode:</p>
<p>Camera Center: P<strong>lay/Pause</strong></p>
<p>o Drag to the center of the line to pause drag right to go fast forward o Drag left to rewind fast</p>
<p>o Release from dragging to continue normal playback</p>
<p>Bottom right: Controls</p>
<p>o <strong>Place: </strong>Click to play</p>
<p>o <strong>Clock icon: </strong>Specify time, date/hours/minutes</p>
<p>o <strong>Bookmark: </strong>Bookmark current selection of time for later retrieval, review</p>
<p>o <strong>Snapshot: </strong>Snapshot of current image, saved automatically</p>
<p>o <strong>Archive: </strong>Export loaded footage displayed in timeline</p>
<p>Bottom: Navigation</p>
<p>1/9/2017 L</p>
<p>4:5607 PM</p>
<p>11/9/2017</p>
<p>5:01:07 PM</p>
<p>o <strong>Left/Right &lt;&gt; arrows</strong>: Adjust loaded video time boundaries (Default, last five minutes) ■ Drag right to go forward in time drag left to go backwards in time</p>
<p>o <strong>Vertical yellow line: </strong>Indicates current playback moment, ■ Drag it anywhere or click to move along the timeline</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="203" height="38" class="wp-image-3792" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-10-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 10 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 46"></p>
<p><strong>Playback (Archive) Mode</strong></p>
<p>For security reasons, it has been made impossible to erase recordings from individual channels and/or time periods. Recordings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1047" height="549" class="wp-image-3793" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 11 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 47" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1.jpeg 1047w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1-1024x537.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-11-1-768x403.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1047px) 100vw, 1047px" /></p>
<p>Select <em>Playback</em> tab to switch to archive playback mode. Your current layout will be used, and recorded video streams will be displayed for channels with enabled recording.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Layouts: </strong>Double-click your desired layout to load it</li>
<li><strong>Layout templates: </strong>Double-click your desired layout template to load it</li>
<li><strong>Channels:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>o Double-click or drag and drop the channels of your choice to fill the viewports</p>
<p>o First empty viewports are filled; then non-locked channels are replaced one by one)</p>
<p>o Each channel can be expanded to access recordings of its main or secondary stream.</p>
<p>o All footage having no associated active channels will be available under <em>Orphan archive tracks</em>.</p>
<p>The following viewport overlay controls are available in the playback mode, upon selection of a viewport:</p>
<ul>
<li>Upper left:</li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>X: </strong>close the stream and free the viewport</p>
<p>o <strong>Lock</strong>: unlocked/locked (Unlocked video in this viewport can be replaced by other cameras)</p>
<p>o <strong>Camera name: </strong>Name given the camera</p>
<ul>
<li>Lower-right: <strong>Controls</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>DPTZ toggle: </strong>Toggle digital PTZ control</p>
<p>o <strong>Aspect ratio: </strong>Auto/stretch to fill viewport/original</p>
<p>o <strong>Motion grid: </strong>ON/OFF</p>
<p><strong>Playback timeline</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1053" height="82" class="wp-image-3794" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 12 1" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 48" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1.jpeg 1053w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1-300x23.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1-1024x80.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-12-1-768x60.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1053px) 100vw, 1053px" /></p>
<p>Right below the video stream, the <strong>Timeline </strong>is displayed:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Time intervals: </strong>Show the timeline scale;</li>
</ul>
<p>o Click and drag left/right to move the timeline</p>
<ul>
<li>The video footage outline is shown twice:</li>
</ul>
<p>o <strong>Upper timeline: </strong>Contents of currently selected stream, with corresponding channel name</p>
<p>o <strong>Lower timeline: </strong>Content summary for all channels currently present in the viewport layout</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>White line: </strong>Indicates recorded video data</li>
<li><strong>Cyan line: </strong>(A little bit wider than the white line) indicates recorded motion data</li>
<li><strong>Blue line</strong>: (A little bit wider than the cyan line) indicates recorded incoming audio data</li>
<li><strong>Yellow vertical line: </strong>Denotes current playback position</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Playback Navigation controls</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1045" height="51" class="wp-image-3795" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 13" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 49" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13.jpeg 1045w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13-300x15.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13-1024x50.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-13-768x37.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1045px) 100vw, 1045px" /></p>
<p>The <strong>playback navigation controls </strong>are located at the bottom of the window:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Timestamps: </strong>Timeline start and stop</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="74" height="29" class="wp-image-3796" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-3770-14.jpeg" alt="word image 3770 14" title="GANZ CORTROL VMS Setup Guide 50"><strong>Left/Right &lt;&gt; arrows</strong>: Adjust the loaded footage time boundaries (Default, last five minutes) o Drag right to go forward in time drag left to go backwards in time</li>
</ul>
<p>Motion Search:</p>
<p>Left/Right &lt;&gt; arrows move forward or back to next recorded motion</p>
<p><strong>Playback Navigation:</strong></p>
<p>o Use the <em>Play/Pause</em> button to start playback</p>
<p>o Use the &lt;&gt; arrows near the <em>Play</em> button to go one frame back/forward</p>
<p>o -/+ steps: click to go back/forward with a step of 5 seconds, 1 minute, 1 hour or 24 hours o |&lt; &gt;| arrows: go to the very beginning/very end of the footage</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Playback speed:</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>o Drag the blob to adjust playback speed from +/-0.5x to +/-32x</p>
<p>o The <em>Pause</em> button duplicates the main pause control</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Clock icon: </strong>Specify time, date/hours/minutes</li>
<li><strong>Bookmark: </strong>Create bookmark for later retrieval, review</li>
<li><strong>Snapshot: </strong>Snapshot of current image, saved automatically</li>
<li><strong>Multi-</strong>Snapshot: Snapshot of all channels currently present in the viewport layout</li>
<li><strong>Archive: </strong>Export loaded footage displayed in timeline</li>
</ul>
<p>o Option of multi-channel, or single channel archive export</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/ganz-cortrol-vms-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/bosch-bvms-lite-operation-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/bosch-bvms-lite-operation-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 10 Jul 2023 20:11:02 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Notifications]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Bosch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[BVMS Lite]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camera manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR solutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Easy7]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Favorites]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Operation manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Panoramic cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Port Forwarding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Client Express]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SMART Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiandy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Turing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS Enterprise]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2789</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual, The BVMS Viewer is an IP video security application for live viewing and playback video ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/bosch-bvms-lite-operation-manual/#more-2789" aria-label="Read more about Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual, The BVMS Viewer is an IP video security application for live viewing and playback video of Bosch network attached cameras and recorders. The software package consists of an Operator Client for live viewing and playback of video and a Configuration Client. The BVMS Viewer supports the current Bosch IP video product portfolio as well as legacy Bosch video devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark0"></a> 2 Introduction</p>
<p>Click the link to access the Open Source Software licenses used by BVMS and the Mobile App: <a href="http://www.boschsecurity.com/oss/" rel="dofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.boschsecurity.com/oss/</a> he<strong> HEwAdenoe&#8217;</strong></p>
<p>Covered by one or more claims of the patents listed at patentlist.hevcadvance.com. This manual guides you through the basic steps of the operation with BVMS.</p>
<p>For detailed help and step-by-step instructions read the User Manual or use the Online Help.</p>
<p><strong>BVMS</strong></p>
<p><strong>BVMS Export Player</strong></p>
<p>BVMS Export Player displays exported recordings.</p>
<p><strong>BVMS Viewer</strong></p>
<p>The BVMS Viewer is an IP video security application for live viewing and playback video of Bosch network attached cameras and recorders. The software package consists of an Operator Client for live viewing and playback of video and a Configuration Client. The BVMS Viewer supports the current Bosch IP video product portfolio as well as legacy Bosch video devices.</p>
<p>Click the link to access the Open Source Software licenses used by BVMS Viewer: <a href="http://www.boschsecurity.com/oss" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">http://www.boschsecurity.com/oss</a>.</p>
<p><strong>BVMS Configuration Client</strong></p>
<p><strong>BVMS Operator Client</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="587" class="wp-image-2790" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 1" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 309" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1-1024x576.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-1-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Menu bar</td>
<td>Allows you to select a menu command.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Toolbar</td>
<td>Displays the available buttons. Point to an icon to display a tooltip.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Playback controls</td>
<td>Allows you to control instant playback or a camera sequence or alarm sequence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Performance meter</td>
<td>Displays the CPU usage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>Time zone selector</td>
<td>Select an entry for the time zone to be displayed in most time related fields.</p>
<p>Only available if at least one Management Server or unmanaged site in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>is located in another time zone as your Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Controls for Image panes</td>
<td>Allows you to select the required number of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">panes </a>and to close all Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Image window</td>
<td>Displays the Image panes. Allows you to arrange the Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td>Image pane</td>
<td>Displays a camera, a map, an image, a document (HTML file).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td><strong>L&#8217; t <sub>d </sub>Alarm List </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays all alarms that the system generates.</p>
<p>Allows you to accept or clear an alarm or to start a workflow, for example, by sending an E-mail to a maintenance person.</p>
<p>The Alarm List is not being displayed, when the connection to the Management Server is lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>PTZ Control </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to control a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td><strong>Logical tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays the devices your user group has access to. Allows you to select a device for assigning it to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Favorites Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to organize the devices of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a> as required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Bookmarks </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to manage<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmarks</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>o</p>
<p><strong>Map </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays a site map. Allows you to drag the map to display a particular section of the map.</p>
<p>If activated, a map is displayed automatically for each camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. In this case, the camera must be configured on a map.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark2"></a> BVMS editions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The different BVMS editions offer you full scalability, so you can expand your video surveillance system according to your needs.</p>
<p>The following editions of BVMS are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>BVMS Professional</li>
<li>BVMS Enterprise</li>
<li>BVMS Plus</li>
<li>BVMS Lite</li>
<li>BVMS Viewer</li>
</ul>
<p>BVMS Viewer and BVMS Professional are Software Only products. You can not use them on Bosch DIVAR IP devices.</p>
<p>You can use BVMS Lite and BVMS Plus on Bosch DIVAR IP devices or as Software Only products on any other hardware.</p>
<h2>Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual</h2>
<p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2682/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/" rel="nofollow">Turing SMART Station Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1670/trendnetview-evo-administration-guide/" rel="nofollow">FLIR United VMS Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/1151/tiandy-easy7-smart-client-express-user-manual/" rel="nofollow">Tiandy Easy7 Smart Client Express User Manual</a></li>
</ol>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:</p>
<p><a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">BVMS</td>
<td>System overview | en <strong>13</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td><strong>System overview</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p>If you plan to install and configure BVMS, participate in a system training on BVMS.</p>
<p>Refer to the Release Notes of the current BVMS version for supported versions of firmware and hardware and other important information.</p>
<p>See data sheets on Bosch workstations and servers for information on computers where BVMS can be installed.</p>
<p>The BVMS software modules can optionally be installed on one PC.</p>
<p><strong>Important components</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Component</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Management Server (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Stream management, alarm management, priority management, Management<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> logbook</a>, user management, device state management. Additional Enterprise System license: Managing<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Groups </a>and<a href="#post-2789-bookmark453"> Enterprise</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark453">Accounts</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Config Wizard</td>
<td>Easy and fast setup of a recording system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Configuration Client (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>System configuration and administration for Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Operator Client (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Live monitoring, storage retrieval and playback, alarm and accessing multiple Management Server computers simultaneously.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Recording Manager (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Distributing storage capacities on iSCSI devices to the encoders, while handling load balancing between multiple iSCSI devices.</p>
<p>Streaming playback video and audio data from iSCSI to Operator Clients.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mobile Video Service (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Provides a transcoding service that transcodes the live and recorded video stream from a camera configured in BVMS to the available network bandwidth. This service enables video clients like an iPhone or a Web client to receive transcoded streams, for example for unreliable network connections with limited bandwidth.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Web Client</td>
<td>You can access live and playback videos via Web browser.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mobile App</td>
<td>You can use the Mobile App on iPhone or iPad to access live and playback video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Bosch Video Streaming Gateway (selectable in Setup)</td>
<td>Provides the integration of 3rd party cameras, e.g. in low- bandwidth networks.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cameo SDK (selectable in</p>
<p>Setup)</td>
<td>The Cameo SDK is used to embed BVMS live and playback <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">Image panes </a>to your external third-party application. The Image panes follow the BVMS based user permissions.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Component</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The Cameo SDK provides a subset of the BVMS Operator Client functionalities that enables you to create applications similar to the Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client Enterprise SDK</td>
<td>The Client Enterprise SDK is meant to control and monitor the behaviour of Operator Client of an Enterprise System by external applications. The SDK allows to browse devices that are accessible by the running, connected Operator Client and to control some UI functionalities.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Client SDK / Server SDK</td>
<td>The Server SDK is used to control and monitor the Management Server by scripts and external applications. You can use those interfaces with a valid administrator account.</p>
<p>The Client SDK is used to control and monitor the Operator Client by external applications and scripts (part of the related server configuration).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark5"></a> Hardware requirements</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>See the data sheet for BVMS. Data sheets for platform PCs are also available.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark7"></a> Software requirements</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can not install the BVMS Viewer where any other BVMS component is installed. See the data sheet for BVMS.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark9"></a> License requirements</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>See the data sheet for BVMS for the available licenses.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Concepts</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>% î J</strong></td>
<td>BVMS Viewer offers only basic features. Advanced features are included in BVMS Professional. For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com </a>and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p>This chapter provides background information on selected issues.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>BVMS design concepts</strong></p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark13"><strong><em>Single Management Server System, page 15</em></strong></a></p>
<p>A single BVMS Management Server System provides management, monitoring and control of up to 2000 cameras/encoders.</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark16"><strong><em>Enterprise System, page 16</em></strong></a></p>
<p>An Enterprise Management Server provides simultaneous access to multiple Management Servers. The Enterprise System allows full access to events and alarms from multiple subsystems.</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark23"><strong><em>Server Lookup, page 17</em></strong></a></p>
<p>The Server Lookup feature provides a list of available BVMS Management Servers to the BVMS Operator Client. The Operator can select a server out of the list of available server. Connected to the Management Server the Client has full access to the Management Server.</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark26"><strong><em>Unmanaged site, page 18</em></strong></a></p>
<p>Devices can be grouped to unmanaged sites. Devices under unmanaged sites are not monitored by the Management Server. The Management Server provides a list of unmanaged sites to the Operator Client. The Operator can connect on demand to the site and gets access to live video data and recorded video data. Event and alarm handling is not available in the unmanaged site concept.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.1.1</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark13"></a><strong>Single Management Server System</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>A single BVMS Management Server can manage up to 2000 channels.</li>
<li>A BVMS Management Server provides management, monitoring, and control of the entire system.</li>
<li>The BVMS Operator Client is connected to the Management Server and receives events and alarms from the BVMS Management Server and shows live and playback.</li>
<li>In most cases all devices are in one local area network with a high bandwidth and a low latency.</li>
</ul>
<p>Responsibilities:</p>
<ul>
<li>Configuring data</li>
<li>Event log (logbook)</li>
<li>User profiles</li>
<li>User priorities</li>
<li>Licensing</li>
<li>Event- and alarm-management</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="275" class="wp-image-2791" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-2.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 2" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 310" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-2.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-2-300x96.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-2-768x247.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="859" height="724" class="wp-image-2792" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-3.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 3" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 311" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-3.jpeg 859w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-3-300x253.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-3-768x647.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 859px) 100vw, 859px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="105" class="wp-image-2793" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-4.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 4" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 312"></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark16"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark17"></a> Enterprise System</p>
<p><strong>4.1.2</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The target of a BVMS<a href="#post-2789-bookmark454"> Enterprise System </a>is to enable a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark477"> Operator Client </a>to simultaneously access multiple Management Servers (subsystems).</li>
<li>Clients connected to an Enterprise Server have full access to all cameras and recordings from the subsystems.</li>
<li>Clients connected to an Enterprise Server have full real time awareness of events and alarms of all subsystems.</li>
<li>Typical application areas:</li>
<li>Metros</li>
<li>Airports</li>
</ul>
<p>Live, playback, events, alarms</p>
<p>BVMS Enterprise Management Server</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="350" class="wp-image-2794" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-5.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 5" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 313" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-5.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-5-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-5-768x314.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="125" height="94" class="wp-image-2795" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-6.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 6" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 314"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="105" class="wp-image-2796" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-7.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 7" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 315"></p>
<p>BVMS Operator Client / Configuration Client</p>
<p>BVMS Subsystem</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="104" class="wp-image-2797" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-8.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 8" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 316"></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark65"><em>Accessing the system, page 35</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark23"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark24"></a> 4.1.3 Server Lookup</p>
<ul>
<li>The BVMS Server Lookup feature allows Operators to connect to a BVMS Management Server out of a provided list of servers.</li>
<li>A single user of Configuration Client or Operator Client can connect to multiple system access points sequentially.</li>
<li>System access points can be Management Server or Enterprise Management Server.</li>
<li>Server Lookup uses dedicated Management Server to host the Server List.</li>
<li>Server Lookup and Management Server or Enterprise Management Server functionally can be run on one machine.</li>
<li>Server Lookup supports you in locating system access points by their names or descriptions.</li>
<li>Once connected to the Management Server the Operator Client receives events and alarms from the BVMS Management Server and shows live and playback</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="339" class="wp-image-2798" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-9.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 9" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 317" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-9.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-9-300x119.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-9-768x305.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>On demand live, playback, events, alarms &#8211; connected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>On demand live, playback, events, alarms &#8211; not connected</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>J</strong></td>
<td>Management Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ÎIÎÏ,</strong></td>
<td>Server list</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Operator Client</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>BBtIB Sj-fiD 0^</strong></td>
<td>Connected BVMS from server list</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>! BItUB ! </strong>1 1</td>
<td>Not connected BVMS from server list</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark67"><em>Using Server Lookup, page 35</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark26"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark27"></a> 4.1.4 Unmanaged site</p>
<ul>
<li>A system design option in BVMS with a large number of small subsystems.</li>
<li>It allows to configure up to 9999 locations in one BVMS Management Server</li>
<li>Operators can access live and recorded video data from up to 20 sites simultaneously.</li>
<li>For an easy navigation sites can be grouped in folders or can be placed on maps.</li>
</ul>
<p>Predefined username and password allow operators to quickly connect to a site .</p>
<p>The unmanaged site concept supports IP based BVMS system as well as analog DVR solutions: &#8211; Bosch DIVAR AN 3000 / 5000 analog recorders</p>
<p>DIVAR hybrid recorders</p>
<p>DIVAR network recorders</p>
<p>DIP 3000/7000 units IP based recording</p>
<p>Single BVMS Management Server System</p>
<p>Adding a site for central monitoring only requires a license per site and is independent of the number of channels in the site.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="486" class="wp-image-2799" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-10.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 10" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 318" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-10.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-10-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-10-768x437.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<p><strong>4.2</strong></p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>&lt;—&gt;</th>
<th>Live, playback, events, alarms</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>On demand live and playback video traffic</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>-S</strong></td>
<td>Management Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>g 19</strong></td>
<td>Operator Client / Configuration Client</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td>site</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>R.</strong></td>
<td>DVR</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Recording</strong></p>
<p>This chapter explains the different recording and replay related functions in the system.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2800" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-11.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 11" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 319"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="856" height="472" class="wp-image-2801" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-12.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 12" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 320" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-12.jpeg 856w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-12-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-12-768x423.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 856px) 100vw, 856px" /></p>
<p><strong>4.2.1</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark20"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark21"></a> Automated Network Replenishment (ANR)</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>BVMS Viewer offers only basic features. Advanced features are included in BVMS Professional. For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com </a>and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Intended use</strong></p>
<p>When a failure of the network or the central storage occurs, the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>function ensures that the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark452">encoder</a> transmits the locally buffered recording of the missing time period to the central storage after the failure is fixed.</p>
<p>The following graphic shows the transmission of video data after a network or storage failure is fixed.</p>
<p><strong>Example: Work around network failure</strong></p>
<p>If the network fails unexpectedly, the ANR function completes the central storage with the locally buffered recording when the network is available again.</p>
<p><strong>Example: Store video data when network is not available</strong></p>
<p>A subway has no network connection to the central storage when located between stations. Only during regular stops the buffered recording can be transmitted to the central storage. Ensure that the time period that is required for transferring the buffered recording, does not exceed the time period of a stop.</p>
<p><strong>Example: ANR for alarm recording</strong></p>
<p>The pre-alarm recording is stored locally. Only in case of an alarm, this pre-alarm recording is transmitted to the central storage. If no alarm occurs, the obsolete pre-alarm recording is not transmitted to the central storage and, hence, does not burden the network.</p>
<p><strong>Limitations</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2802" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-13.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 13" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 321"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot use playback from the local storage media when the passwords for &#8216;user&#8217; and &#8216;live&#8217; are set on the encoder. Remove the passwords if required.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Concepts | en <strong>21</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.2.2</strong></td>
<td>The ANR function only works with VRM recording.</p>
<p>The ANR function does not work with an encoder for which a secure connection for live display is configured.</p>
<p>You must have configured the storage media of an encoder to use the ANR function.</p>
<p>The encoder for which you configure the ANR function, must have firmware version 5.90 or later. Not all encoder types support the ANR function.</p>
<p>You cannot use the ANR function with dual recording.</p>
<p>Your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark469"> iSCSI storage system </a>must be properly configured.</p>
<p>The following list contains the possible reasons if you cannot configure the ANR function:</p>
<ul>
<li>Encoder is not reachable (wrong IP address, network failure, etc.).</li>
<li>Storage media of the encoder not available or read-only.</li>
<li>Wrong firmware version.</li>
<li>Encoder type does not support the ANR function.</li>
<li>Dual recording is active.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Overview of the storage related events</strong></p>
<p>This chapter describes the different storage related events.</p>
<p><strong>Buffer Storage State</strong></p>
<p>When a failure of the network or the central storage occurs, the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>function ensures that the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark452">encoder</a> transmits the locally buffered recording of the missing time period to the central storage after the failure is fixed.</p>
<p>The buffer storage states are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Storage State Unknown</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State OK</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State Critical Buffer Fill Level</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State Failure</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Buffer Storage Overflow</strong></p>
<p>This event indicates that the storage buffer is already full and the recording is not transmitted to the central storage anymore.</p>
<p><strong>Storage State / Secondary Storage State</strong></p>
<p>The <strong>Storage State </strong>indicates the status of the connection between a camera and the central storage. The <strong>Storage State Failure </strong>event is triggered if the camera loses the connection to the central storage. If the disconnection only lasts a short moment, this event does not necessarily indicate that video data is lost.</p>
<p>The storage states are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Storage State Unknown</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State OK</strong></li>
<li><strong>Storage State Failure</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Recording monitor state / Secondary recording monitor state</strong></p>
<p>This event indicates a recording monitoring. As long as the camera can buffer recording in the RAM, no alarm is triggered. The <strong>Recording monitor state recording loss </strong>event is only triggered if within the last two minutes video data can no longer be buffered in the RAM and is lost. The event also indicates the time period when video data was lost.</p>
<p>The recording monitor states are:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Recording monitor state unknown</strong></li>
<li><strong>Recording monitor state ok</strong></li>
<li><strong>Recording monitor state recording loss</strong></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark20"><em>Automated Network Replenishment (ANR), page 20</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark32"></a> 4.3 Alarm handling</p>
<p>Alarms can be individually configured to be handled by one or more user groups. When an alarm occurs, it appears in the Alarm List of all users in the user groups configured to receive that alarm. When any one of these users starts to work on the alarm, it disappears from the Alarm List of all other users.</p>
<p>Alarms are displayed on a workstation’s alarm monitor. This behavior is described in the following paragraphs.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm flow</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>An alarm occurs in the system.</li>
<li>Alarm notifications appear in the Alarm Lists of all users configured for this alarm. Alarm video is immediately displayed on configured monitors. If it is an automatically displayed alarm (auto pop-up), the alarm video is also automatically displayed on the Operator Client workstation’s alarm monitors.</li>
</ol>
<p>If the alarm is configured as an auto-clear alarm, the alarm is removed from the Alarm List after the auto-clear time (configured in the Configuration Client).</p>
<p>On monitors, any quad views from VIP XDs are temporarily replaced by full-screen displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>One of the users accepts the alarm. The alarm video is then displayed on this user&#8217;s workstation (if it is not already displayed via auto pop-up). The alarm is removed from all other Alarm Lists and alarm video displays.</li>
<li>The user who accepted the alarm invokes a workflow that can include reading an action plan and entering comments. This step is optional &#8211; requirements for workflow can be configured by the administrator.</li>
<li>Finally, the user clears the alarm. This removes the alarm from his Alarm List and alarm display.</li>
</ol>
<p>On a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark474"> monitor group</a>, the monitors return to the cameras that were displayed before the alarm occurred.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm Image window</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To display alarm video, the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window </a>replaces the Live or Playback<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark463">window</a> on the monitor that has been configured for alarm display.</li>
<li>Each alarm gets a row of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>s. Up to 5 Image panes can be associated with each alarm. These Image panes can display live video, playback video, or maps.</li>
</ol>
<p>On a monitor group, each alarm can call up cameras on a row of monitors. The number of cameras in the row is limited by the number of columns in the monitor group. Monitors in the row that are not used for alarm video can be configured to either continue with their current display or to display a blank screen.</p>
<ol>
<li>Higher priority alarms are displayed above lower priority alarms on both monitor rows and the Operator Client workstation display alarm rows.</li>
<li>If the Alarm image window is completely full of Alarm image rows and an additional alarm must be displayed, the lowest priority alarms &#8220;stack up&#8221; in the bottom row of the Alarm image window. You can step through the stacked alarms with the controls at the left side of the alarm row.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can step through the alarm stacks on monitor groups with control buttons in the <strong>Monitors </strong>window of the Operator Client workstation display. Monitors in alarm are indicated by red icons with blinking &#8220;LEDs&#8221;.</p>
<p>The alarm title, time, and date can be optionally be displayed on all monitors, or only the first monitor in the alarm row.</p>
<ol>
<li>For equal priority alarms, the administrator can configure the order behavior:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Last-in-First-out (LIFO) mode: in this configuration, new alarms are inserted <em>above </em>older alarms of the same priority.</li>
<li>First-in-First-out (FIFO) mode; in this configuration, new alarms are inserted <em>below </em>older alarms of the same priority.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>An alarm&#8217;s Image row can appear in the Alarm Image window in one of two ways:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>When it is generated (auto pop-up). This occurs when the alarm priority is higher than display priority.</li>
<li>When the alarm is accepted. This occurs when the alarm priority is lower than display priority.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Auto pop-up alarms</strong></p>
<p>Alarms can be configured to automatically display (pop up) in the Alarm Image window, based on the alarm priority. Each user group&#8217;s live and playback displays are also assigned priorities. When alarms are received with priority higher than that of the user&#8217;s display, the alarm automatically displays its alarm row in the Alarm Image window. If the Alarm Image window is not currently displayed, it automatically replaces the Live or Playback Image window on the alarm-enabled monitor.</p>
<p>Although auto pop-up alarms are displayed in the Alarm Image window, they are not automatically accepted. They can be displayed on multiple users&#8217; displays simultaneously. When a user accepts an auto pop-up alarm, it is removed from all other users Alarm Lists and alarm displays.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm handling in case of shutdown</strong></p>
<p>On a server shutdown all active alarms are preserved. The alarms are restored and reappear in the <strong>Alarm List </strong>window, when the system restarts.</p>
<p>Alarms in the state <strong>Accepted </strong>or <strong>Workflow </strong>are automatically set back to the state <strong>Active </strong>when the system restarts. Comments entered for alarms in the state <strong>Workflow </strong>are preserved.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2803" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-14.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 14" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 322"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>The alarm data is automatically saved every minute, so the maximum data loss is the data accumulated in one minute.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark372"><em>Alarm display, page 123</em></a></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark297"><em> Handling events and alarms, page 98</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Inactivity logoff</strong></p>
<p><strong>Intended use</strong></p>
<p>Intended use of inactivity logoff is to protect an Operator Client or Configuration Client during the absence of the operator or administrator.</p>
<p>You can configure per user group that Operator Client shall be logged off automatically after a specified time period without activity.</p>
<p>For Configuration Client no user groups are available. The inactivity logoff setting is valid only for the <strong>admin </strong>user.</p>
<p>All operations with keyboard, mouse and CCTV keyboard affect the specified time period for inactivity logoff. Automatic activities of Operator Client do not affect the time period. Automatic activities of Configuration Client like firmware upload or<a href="#post-2789-bookmark469"> iSCSI </a>setup prevent the inactivity logoff.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can also configure the inactivity logoff for a BVMS Web Client.</p>
<p>Short before an inactivity logoff, a dialog box reminds the user to actively prevent the inactivity logoff.</p>
<p>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> records an occurred inactivity logoff.</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong></p>
<p>If a workstation is located in a public area, the inactivity logoff minimizes the risk that on an unattended workstation Operator Client is accessed by an unauthorized person.</p>
<p>An administrator group member shall logoff automatically after inactivity but a desk officer (operator group) might just watch video without operating the system and does not want an inactivity logoff.</p>
<p><strong>Limitations</strong></p>
<p>Client SDK activity does not support the inactivity logoff, this means that the activity of Client SDK does not affect the specified time period.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>Version independent Operator Client</strong></p>
<p>For Compatibility mode both Operator Client and Management Server must have a version later than 5.5.</p>
<p>A user of Operator Client can successfully log on to a Management Server where a previous software version is running.</p>
<p>If the server provides a newer configuration than available on the Operator Client workstation, this configuration is automatically copied to the Operator Client workstation. The user can decide to download the new configuration.</p>
<p>Operator Client provides a reduced feature set and is connected to this Management Server. The following Management Server related features are available after logon to a Management Server with a previous version: &#8211; User preferences</p>
<ul>
<li>Start manual recording</li>
<li>Display of device states</li>
<li>Toggling relay states</li>
<li>Searching the Logbook</li>
</ul>
<p>Search for events is not possible.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark487">Server Lookup</a></li>
<li>Remote export</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.5.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Working with Compatibility Mode</strong></p>
<p>CL</p>
<p>: This Operator Client state displays in case of compatibility mode.</p>
<p>In version later than 5.5, the Operator Client will work in compatibility mode if the version of the Management Server is lower than the version of the Operator Client.</p>
<p>In version later than 10.0, the Operator Client will work in compatibility mode in case of the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Not all communication services could be connected by Operator Client.</li>
<li>Example: The Management Server is up and running, but WebServiceHost is down.</li>
<li>There are changes within the communication interface between Operator Client and Management Server</li>
</ul>
<p>Only semantic interface changes or partial drop of services may cause that some functionalities can be missing in the Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Concepts | en <strong>25</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.6</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark38"></a><strong>Viewing modes of a panoramic camera</strong></p>
<p>This chapter illustrates the viewing modes of a panoramic camera which are available in BVMS.</p>
<p>The following viewing modes are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Circle view</li>
<li>Panorama view</li>
<li>Cropped view</li>
</ul>
<p>Panorama and cropped view modes are created by the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark445"> dewarping </a>process in BVMS.<a href="#post-2789-bookmark451"> Edge</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark451">dewarping </a>is not used.</p>
<p>The administrator must configure the mounting position of a panoramic camera in Configuration Client.</p>
<p>You can resize the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>of a camera as required. The Image pane ratio is not restricted to the 4:3 or 16:9 aspect ratio.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark74"><em>Displaying a panoramic camera, page 37</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark77"><em>Switching the viewing mode of panoramic camera, page 38</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark87"><em>Arranging and resizing Image panes, page 40</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4.6.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>360° panoramic camera &#8211; floor- or ceiling mounted</strong></p>
<p>The following figure illustrates the dewarping of a 360° camera which is floor- or ceiling mounted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="853" height="575" class="wp-image-2804" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-15.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 15" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 323" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-15.jpeg 853w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-15-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-15-768x518.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="782" height="499" class="wp-image-2805" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-16.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 16" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 324" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-16.jpeg 782w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-16-300x191.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-16-768x490.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 782px) 100vw, 782px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Snipping line (operator can change its position when not zoomed in)</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark42"></a> 180° panoramic camera &#8211; floor- or ceiling mounted</p>
<p><strong>4.6.2</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="851" height="573" class="wp-image-2806" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-17.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 17" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 325" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-17.jpeg 851w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-17-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-17-768x517.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 851px) 100vw, 851px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="577" class="wp-image-2807" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-18.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 18" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 326" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-18.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-18-300x202.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-18-768x518.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /> The following figure illustrates the dewarping of a 180° camera which is floor- or ceiling mounted.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Snipping line (operator can change its position when not zoomed in)</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark45"></a> 4.6.3 360° panoramic camera &#8211; wall mounted</p>
<p>The following figure illustrates the dewarping of a 360° camera which is wall mounted.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="395" class="wp-image-2808" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-19.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 19" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 327" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-19.jpeg 449w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-19-300x264.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="385" class="wp-image-2809" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-20.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 20" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 328" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-20.jpeg 449w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-20-300x257.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark47"></a> 180° panoramic camera &#8211; wall mounted</p>
<p><strong>4.6.4</strong></p>
<p>The following figure illustrates the dewarping of a 180° camera which is wall mounted.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="395" height="390" class="wp-image-2810" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-21.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 21" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 329" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-21.jpeg 395w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-21-300x296.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="251" class="wp-image-2811" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-22.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 22" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 330" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-22.jpeg 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-22-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></p>
<p><strong>o<br />
▼</strong></p>
<p><strong>o</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark50"></a> Cropped view on a panoramic camera</p>
<p><strong>4.6.5</strong></p>
<p>The following example figure illustrates the cropping of a 360° camera which is floor- or ceiling mounted.</p>
<p>The rectilinear section used for cropping is fixed. You can change the section in the cropped Image pane using the available PTZ controls.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="239" height="239" class="wp-image-2812" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-23.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 23" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 331" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-23.jpeg 239w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-23-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 239px) 100vw, 239px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="145" class="wp-image-2813" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-24.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 24" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 332" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-24.jpeg 750w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-24-300x58.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="378" height="193" class="wp-image-2814" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-25.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 25" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 333" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-25.jpeg 378w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-25-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /></p>
<p><strong>©</strong></p>
<p><strong>o</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Full circle image</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>Panorama view</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Snipping line (operator can change its position when not zoomed in)</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>Cropping</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Dewarping</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>Cropped<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark53"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark54"></a> 4.7 SSH Tunneling</p>
<p>BVMS provides remote connectivity utilizing Secure Shell (SSH) tunneling.</p>
<p>SSH tunneling constructs an encrypted tunnel established by an SSH protocol/socket connection. This encrypted tunnel can provide transport to both encrypted and un-encrypted traffic. The Bosch SSH implementation also utilizes Omni-Path protocol, which is a high performance low latency communications protocol developed by Intel.</p>
<p><strong>Technical aspects and restrictions</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>SSH tunneling utilizes port 5322. This port cannot be modified.</li>
<li>The SSH Service must be installed on the same server as the BVMS Management Server.</li>
<li>(Enterprise) user accounts must have a configured password. (Enterprise) user accounts without a password cannot log on utilizing a SSH connection.</li>
<li>Local storage cameras do not support SSH connection.</li>
<li>Configuration Client cannot connect remotely via SSH. Configuration Client connection must be done via port mapping.</li>
<li>Operator Client checks connection with SSH service every 15 seconds. If the connection is interrupted, Operator Client retests the connection every minute.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Port mapping</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Configure one port forwarding for the BVMS Management Server to utilize port 5322 for both internal and external connections.</p>
<p>This is the only port mapping entry that you need to make for the entire system.</p>
<p>BVMS port mapping is not required.</p>
<p><strong>Encrypted communication</strong></p>
<p>After the connection is established via a SSH tunnel, all communications between the BVMS Management Server and a remote client are encrypted.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark56"></a> 5 Use latest software</p>
<p>Before operating the device for the first time, make sure that you install the latest applicable release of your software version. For consistent functionality, compatibility, performance, and security, regularly update the software throughout the operational life of the device. Follow the instructions in the product documentation regarding software updates.</p>
<p>We only create new updates for software versions in general or limited availability state. For more information, refer to:</p>
<p><a href="https://community.boschsecurity.com/t5/Security-Video/Bosch-Building-Technologies-Software-Service-and-Support/ta-p/10669" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Bosch Building Technologies Software Service and Support</a>.</p>
<p>The following links provide more information:</p>
<ul>
<li>General information:<a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/product-security/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/product-security/</a></li>
<li>Security advisories, that is a list of identified vulnerabilities and proposed solutions:</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/product-security/security-advisories.html" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/support/product-security/security-advisories.html</a> Bosch assumes no liability whatsoever for any damage caused by operating its products with outdated software components.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2815" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-26.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 26" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 334"></p>
<p><strong>6</strong></p>
<p><strong>6.1</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark58"></a> Getting started</p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to get started with BVMS.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark60"></a> Starting Operator Client</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Before using the system, activate the licenses that you have ordered. The Configuration Manual or the Configuration Client Online Help describe how to activate the licenses.</li>
<li>To be sure that your BVMS uses the language that you need, please configure this language in your Configuration Client. See the Online Help for details.</li>
</ul>
<p>If a newer version of BVMS is running on the Management Server, this version is installed automatically by no-touch deployment when you log on.</p>
<p><strong>To start the Operator Client:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>From the <strong>Start </strong>menu, select <strong>Programs </strong>&gt; BVMS &gt; Operator Client.</li>
</ol>
<p>The dialog box for logging on is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Type your user name in the <strong>User Name: </strong>field.</li>
<li>Type your password in the <strong>Password: </strong>field.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When you start the application for the first time, type Admin as user name, no password required.</p>
<p>To access multiple Management Server computers simultaneously, type the user name of a member of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Connection: </strong>list, select the IP address or the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark446"> DNS </a>name of the Management Server or Enterprise Management Server.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you use a SSH connection, select <strong>&lt;New&#8230;&gt; </strong>and enter the address in the following format: <strong>ssh://IP or servername:5322.</strong></p>
<p>To use a SSH connection user accounts must have a configured password (see<a href="#post-2789-bookmark53"> <em>SSH</em></a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark53"><em>Tunneling, page 31</em></a>).</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>If dual authorization has been configured for your user group, the next logon dialog is displayed.</p>
<p>A user of the configured second user group enters the required information.</p>
<p>The application starts.</p>
<p>If dual authorization is optional, just click <strong>OK </strong>again on the second logon dialog box. But you then only have the user rights of your user group and not the potentially extended user rights of your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark448"> dual authorization </a>group.</p>
<p><strong>To start the Operator Client using Single Sign-on:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>To start the Operator Client using Single Sign-on, the user has to be associated to a LDAP user group that is configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p>SSH connection and dual authorization are not supported if a user connects to the Operator Client using Single Sign-on.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>From the <strong>Start </strong>menu, select <strong>Programs </strong>&gt; BVMS &gt; Operator Client. The dialog box for logging on is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</p>
<p>3.</td>
<td>Select the <strong>Use Windows session credentials </strong>check box.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Connection: </strong>list, select the IP address or the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark446"> DNS </a>name of the Management Server or Enterprise Management Server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4.</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To quit Operator Client:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>System </strong>menu, click <strong>Exit</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The application quits.</p>
<p>If you logged on to Operator Client as a user who is not authorized to quit the application, the <strong>Enter Logoff Password </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Ask a user with corresponding user rights to enter his user name and password to confirm the process.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark53"><em> SSH Tunneling, page 31</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Starting Operator Client with command line parameters</strong></p>
<p>The BVMS Operator Client provides automatic logon by using a parameterized startup. Therefore, create a new shortcut to the OperatorClient.exe and adjust the target of the shortcut.</p>
<p>Adjust the text between ** to the specific situation.</p>
<p>*BVMS installation directory*\bin\OperatorClient.exe&#8221; /user=&#8221;*username*&#8221; / password=&#8221;*password*&#8221; /connection=&#8221;*ip address*&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>
<p>C:\Program Files\BOSCH\VMS\bin\OperatorClient.exe&#8221; /user=&#8221;Admin&#8221; / password=&#8221;password123&#8243; /connection=&#8221;192.168.20.120&#8243;</p>
<p>The connection parameter works from BVMS 9.0 and newer. The username and password parameters work from BVMS 5.0 onwards.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2816" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-27.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 27" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 335"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Username and password are stored as clear text in the target of the shortcut. This can be considered a security risk.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark63"></a> 6.3 Accepting a new configuration</p>
<p>When the system administrator activates a new configuration from within Configuration Client, each Operator Client is either immediately restarted automatically or the user of a workstation is informed about the new configuration and can accept it later. The system administrator configures which of these 2 cases occurs.</p>
<p>If the system administrator activated a new configuration without forcing each Operator Client workstation to accept the new configuration, a dialog box is displayed on all Operator Client workstations. The users can refuse or accept the new configuration. The dialog box is closed after a few seconds without user interaction. In this case the new configuration is refused. If a device (for example a camera) is removed from the system in the new configuration, some functions of this device are not available if you have refused the new configuration.</p>
<p>If you change the password for a user or delete a user while this user is logged on, this user can still continue working with Operator Client after password change or deletion. If after password change or deletion the connection to Management Server is interrupted (for example after activating the configuration), the user cannot automatically reconnect to the Management Server again without logoff/logon at Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To accept a new configuration:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Log off and then log on again.</p>
<p>The new configuration is used now.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td colspan="2">Getting started | en <strong>35</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6.4</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2789-bookmark65"></a><strong>Accessing the system</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">You access a system performing the following steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>Perform one of the following steps to select the network address of the desired system:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Click a preselected list entry.</li>
<li>Enter a network address manually.</li>
<li>Select a network address using<a href="#post-2789-bookmark487"> Server Lookup</a>.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Log on to the desired system:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Single server system</li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark454">Enterprise System</a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6.5</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><a id="post-2789-bookmark67"></a><strong>Using Server Lookup</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>—</p>
<p>—</p>
<p>— — —</p>
<p>—</p>
<p>—</td>
<td>The BVMS Server Lookup feature allows Operators to connect to a BVMS Management Server out of a provided list of servers.</p>
<p>A single user of Configuration Client or Operator Client can connect to multiple system access points sequentially.</p>
<p>System access points can be Management Server or Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p>Server Lookup uses dedicated Management Server to host the Server List.</p>
<p>Server Lookup and Management Server or Enterprise Management Server functionally can be run on one machine.</p>
<p>Server Lookup supports you in locating system access points by their names or descriptions.</p>
<p>Once connected to the Management Server the Operator Client receives events and alarms from the BVMS Management Server and shows live and playback</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>To</strong></p>
<p>10.</td>
<td><strong>access:</strong></p>
<p>Start Operator Client or Configuration Client.</p>
<p>The logon dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Connection: </strong>list, select <strong>&lt;Address Book&#8230;&gt; </strong>for Configuration Client or <strong>&lt;Address Book&#8230;&gt; </strong>for Operator Client.</p>
<p>If private and public IP address has been configured for a server, this is indicated.</p>
<p>If you select <strong>&lt;Address Book&#8230;&gt; </strong>or <strong>&lt;Address Book&#8230;&gt; </strong>for the first time, the <strong>Server lookup </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>In the <strong>(Enterprise) Management Server address </strong>field, type in a valid network address of the desired server.</p>
<p>Enter a valid user name and password.</p>
<p>If required, click <strong>Remember settings</strong>.</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Server lookup </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Select the desired server.</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>If the selected server has both a private and a public network address, a message box is displayed asking whether you are using a computer located in the private network of the selected server.</p>
<p>The server name is added to the <strong>Connection: </strong>list in the logon dialog box.</p>
<p>Select this server in the <strong>Connection: </strong>list and click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>If you have selected the <strong>Remember settings </strong>check box, you can select this server directly when you again want to access this server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td><strong>Displaying camera images</strong></p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to display camera images.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>( Î j</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Selecting a time zone</strong></p>
<p>Main window</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>( Î j</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Ensure that the time on all computers of your system is set correctly according to each time zone where the computers are located.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Management Server or unmanaged site and all connected devices including encoders, decoders, VRM Server computers, and DVR devices must be in the same time zone. Operator Client computers (including Client SDK and Cameo SDK) and Configuration Client computers can be in other time zones than the Management Server or unmanaged site.</p>
<p>If your Operator Client is located in another time zone than one or more connected Management Server or unmanaged site, you can select one of the following time displays: &#8211; Your local time &#8211;<a href="#post-2789-bookmark494"> UTC</a></p>
<p>&#8211; Time zone of the Management Server or unmanaged site you are connected to The Image panes displaying a camera (live and playback) always show the time of the corresponding Management Server or unmanaged site.</p>
<p>©</p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, is displayed on the device icon of each server or unmanaged site that do not share the time zone that is currently selected in the Operator Client:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="321" height="379" class="wp-image-2817" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-28.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 28" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 336" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-28.jpeg 321w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-28-254x300.jpeg 254w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 321px) 100vw, 321px" /></p>
<p>You can select the time zone of a server or unmanaged site for displaying this time zone in Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To select the time zone:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a server icon to select the time zone of this server.</li>
<li>In the time zone selector list, select the desired entry.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>Operator Client Time</strong>: Operator Client</li>
</ul>
<p>&#8211; <strong>UTC</strong></p>
<p><strong>UTC-x</strong>: time zone of each available Management Server</p>
<p>The time based on the selected time zone is displayed in the menu bar:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="758" height="168" class="wp-image-2818" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-29.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 29" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 337" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-29.jpeg 758w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-29-300x66.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 758px) 100vw, 758px" /></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark71"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark72"></a> 7.2 Displaying a camera in an Image pane</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To assign a camera image to an Image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a camera from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.<br />
The selected camera image is displayed in the Image pane.</p>
<p>Or:</p>
<ol>
<li>. Select an Image pane.</li>
<li>. In the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window, double-click a camera.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected camera image is displayed in the Image pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>. Repeat the above steps for every camera you want to display.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can also drag maps and documents to Image panes.</p>
<p>Or:</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Logical Tree, right-click a camera and click <strong>in next free image pane</strong>. The camera is displayed.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To move a camera within the Image window:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag the camera into another Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To zoom digitally:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Rotate the wheel button forward or backward to zoom in or zoom out.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark74"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark75"></a> 7.3 Displaying a panoramic camera</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can display<a href="#post-2789-bookmark479"> panoramic cameras</a>. The original full image circle of a panorama camera is automatically<a href="#post-2789-bookmark445"> dewarped </a>when displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>You can display panoramic cameras and use PTZ in Live Mode and Playback Mode</p>
<p>You can select a point of interest of the panorama image for display in another Image pane. This Image pane displays the cropped image. Cropping and using PTZ in a cropped image is possible in Live and Playback Mode.</p>
<p>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> allows a flexible resizing of the Image pane that displays a panoramic camera or any other camera.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>38 </strong>en</td>
<td>| Displaying camera images BVMS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>To display a panoramic camera:</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Drag a camera with the icon to an Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p>The camera image is displayed in panorama view.</p>
<ol>
<li>Use the available control elements in the Image pane for navigating in the image.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To display a cropped image:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a panoramic camera in panorama view.</li>
<li>Press and hold the CTRL-key.</li>
</ol>
<p>The mouse pointer changes accordingly.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click and hold a point of interest.</li>
<li>Drag the selected point to another Image pane and drop it. Release the CTRL-key.</li>
</ol>
<p>A section of the panorama view around the selected point is displayed.</p>
<p>You can create another cropped image from this cropped image with the same procedure.</p>
<p>We recommend displaying maximum 10 cropped Image panes simultaneously.</p>
<ol>
<li>Use the available control elements in the Image pane for navigating in the image.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark77"><em>Switching the viewing mode of panoramic camera, page 38</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark87"><em>Arranging and resizing Image panes, page 40</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark38"><em>Viewing modes of a panoramic camera, page 25</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark77"></a><strong>Switching the viewing mode of panoramic camera</strong></p>
<p>A panoramic camera must be configured in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>for this user.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can switch the viewing mode for a panoramic camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>The following modes are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>O Circle view</strong></li>
<li><strong>□ Panorama view </strong>(initial view)</li>
<li>O <strong>Cropped view</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To switch:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the title bar of an Image pane displaying a panoramic camera, click the <strong>Switch panoramic mode </strong>icon and select the desired entry.</p>
<p>When the Image pane for this camera is closed and opened again, the <strong>Panorama view </strong>mode is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark74"><em>Displaying a panoramic camera, page 37</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark38"><em>Viewing modes of a panoramic camera, page 25</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Displaying a dual thermal/optical camera</strong></p>
<p>In Operator Client you can display the thermal and optical mode of a dual camera either separately or simultaneously.</p>
<p><strong>To display the desired viewing mode of the camera:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag the camera to an Image pane or</p>
<p>Select an Image pane and in the <strong>Logical Tree </strong>window, double-click the desired camera.</p>
<p>The selected camera image is displayed in the Image pane.</p>
<p>The viewing mode is displayed in the title bar of the Image pane:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="325" height="46" class="wp-image-2819" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-30.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 30" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 338" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-30.jpeg 325w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-30-300x42.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 325px) 100vw, 325px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="142" height="45" class="wp-image-2820" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-31.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 31" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 339"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2821" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-32.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 32" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 340"></p>
<p><strong>7.6</strong></p>
<p><strong>7.7</strong></p>
<p><strong>7.8</strong></p>
<p><strong>Optical îü Thermal</strong></p>
<p><strong>To switch the viewing mode of the camera:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the title bar of the Image pane displaying the camera, select the desired viewing mode.</p>
<p><strong>To display the thermal and optical mode of the camera simultaneously:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Select the Image pane displaying the camera.</p>
<p>Press the CTRL-key and drag and drop the camera image to another Image pane.</p>
<p>The second viewing mode of the camera is displayed in the new Image pane.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark80"></a> Displaying cameras from multiple Management Servers</p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Enterprise Logical Tree</strong></p>
<p>Log on as a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>.</p>
<p>In the Enterprise<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, expand the item of the desired<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a>. You can use the devices that are configured for this Management Server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark82"></a> Finding an item in the Logical Tree</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To find an item in the Logical Tree:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>Right-click the root node or a child node of the Logical Tree and click <strong>Tree search </strong>Or:</p>
<p>In the Logical Tree window press Ctrl + F.</p>
<p>The search box is displayed</p>
<p>Type a search string representing the display name of an item.</p>
<p>The search is triggered immediately during typing and the first item that matches the search string is marked. If you want to display it in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>, double-click it. If the search string is not found, the background color of the search box changes.</p>
<p>Click or <sup>v</sup> to mark the previous or the next matching item.</p>
<p>Click X to close the search box.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark407"><em> Search box, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark84"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark85"></a> Changing the number of Image pane rows</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can change the number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p><strong>To show fewer image pane rows:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>On the <strong>Tools </strong>menu, click <strong>Show fewer Image pane rows </strong>or</p>
<p>Move the <strong>Change image pane rows </strong>slider or</p>
<p>to the left</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Press F7.</p>
<p><strong>To show more Image pane rows:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>On the <strong>Tools </strong>menu, click <strong>Show more Image pane rows </strong>or</p>
<p>Move the <strong>Change image pane rows </strong>slider to the right</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Click ® or</p>
<p>Press F8.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2822" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-33.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 33" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 341"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2823" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-34.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 34" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 342"> The maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window is configured in the BVMS Configuration Client.</p>
<p>If you have reached this number, the <strong>Show more Image pane rows </strong>menu command and the</p>
<p>o</p>
<p>button are disabled.</p>
<p>If the maximum number of Image pane rows has been set to 1, the <strong>Change image pane rows</strong></p>
<p>slider is not displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This limitation does not affect the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark87"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark88"></a> 7.9 Arranging and resizing Image panes</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To arrange Image panes:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag an item from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. Repeat this until all required cameras are displayed.</li>
</ol>
<p>If an object is already displayed in a target Image pane, this object is replaced.</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag a camera from one Image pane to another, if required.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To resize an Image pane:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Point to a border or corner of an Image pane. The pointer appears as a double-headed arrow.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can resize diagonally, vertically or horizontally.</p>
<p>The resulting size of the Image pane is limited to the grid of the select Image pane pattern.</p>
<p>The Image pane ratio is not restricted to the 4:3 or 16:9 aspect ratio.</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag to resize the Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em> Image window, page 138</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark90"></a> 7.10 Displaying the Alarm Image window</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can switch from the Image window to the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window</a> if at least one alarm is in the Alarm List.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2824" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-35.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 35" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 343"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>A site map displayed in an alarm image pane is optimized for display and contains only the initial view of the original map file.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>To display the Alarm Image window:</strong></p>
<p><em>a*-</em></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a>, click .</p>
<p>The Alarm Image window is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To display the Image window again:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a>, click .</p>
<p>Live Mode or Playback Mode is displayed depending on the Mode that was displayed before.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark372"><em>Alarm display, page 123</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.11</strong></td>
<td><strong>Starting manual recording</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can start recording for each camera manually. The quality level of alarm recording mode is used. The duration of alarm recording is configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p>If the selected camera is already recording, the quality level is changed to alarm recording mode. With VRM recording, the alarm recording is not protected.</p>
<p><strong>To start recording:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>displaying a camera.</li>
<li>Click * .</li>
</ol>
<p>Recording is started.</p>
<p>VRM recordings only: You cannot manually stop recording. The recording stops after the configured alarm recording time. In the Timeline of the camera, the pre-alarm recording is displayed as alarm recording, if pre-alarm recording is configured in Configuration Client.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.12</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark93"></a><strong>Starting a pre-configured camera sequence</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>With a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark444"> camera sequence</a>, a group of cameras are displayed one after the other. The pre­configured camera sequences are configured in the Configuration Client and appear in the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark472">Logical Tree</a>.</p>
<p>A sequence is configured to use more than one<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> image pane </a>in Operator Client or in a monitor group. If there are not enough<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> image panes </a>or monitor panes to display the whole sequence, only those panes are displayed which fit into the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>. The remaining panes are not displayed and an appropriate message is displayed.</p>
<p>Under the following conditions, a sequence is not being displayed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Video loss</li>
<li>Connection to the camera lost</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>2 </strong>en | Displaying camera images BVMS</p>
<ul>
<li>No permission to display the camera</li>
<li>Camera not configured</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When the configuration is changed and activated, a camera sequence (pre-configured or automatic) usually is continued after restart of the Operator Client.</p>
<p><em>b</em> But in the following cases the sequence is not continued:</p>
<p><em>[ A</em> A monitor where the sequence is configured to be displayed has been removed.</p>
<p>The mode of a monitor (single/quad view) where the sequence is configured to be displayed has been changed.</p>
<p>The logical number of a monitor where the sequence is configured to be displayed is changed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>7.13</strong></td>
<td><strong>To start and control a camera sequence:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag the required sequence from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an image pane or to a</li>
</ol>
<p>monitor group.</p>
<p>1 k [P</p>
<p>The sequence is displayed indicated by the — symbol when running in an image pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>When running in an image pane: Click a playback control icon of the image window toolbar to control the sequence.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em> Image pane, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Starting an automatic camera sequence</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>With a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark444"> camera sequence</a>, a group of cameras are displayed one after the other.</p>
<p>You configure the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark450"> dwell time </a>for these sequences in the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box (<strong>Extras </strong>menu,</p>
<p><strong>Options&#8230; </strong>command).</p>
<p>Under the following conditions, a sequence is not being displayed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Video loss</li>
<li>Connection to the camera lost</li>
<li>No permission to display the camera</li>
<li>Camera not configured</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><em>f</em><strong> • J</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When the configuration is changed and activated, a camera sequence (pre-configured or automatic) usually is continued after restart of the Operator Client.</p>
<p>But in the following cases the sequence is not continued:</p>
<p>A monitor where the sequence is configured to be displayed has been removed.</p>
<p>The mode of a monitor (single/quad view) where the sequence is configured to be displayed has been changed.</p>
<p>The logical number of a monitor where the sequence is configured to be displayed is changed.</p>
<p><strong>To start a camera sequence:</strong></p>
<p>1. Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>where you want the sequence to be played.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Displaying camera images | en <strong>43</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>2. Right-click a folder in the <strong>Logical Tree </strong>and click <strong>Show as sequence in selected image pane</strong>.</p>
<p>The cameras of the selected folder are displayed one after the other in the selected</p>
<p>| [J</p>
<p>Image pane. indicates that the sequence is running.</p>
<p><strong>To pause a camera sequence:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> toolbar, click <strong>^^.</strong></p>
<p>[nW</p>
<p>The sequence stops playing, as indicated by .</p>
<p><strong>To jump to the previous / next step of a camera sequence:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the Image window toolbar, click or <strong>^^.</strong></p>
<p>The sequence jumps to the previous or next step.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em> Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.14</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using one channel audio mode</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You use one channel audio mode when you want to hear only one audio source assigned to a camera. You cannot activate audio for another camera.</p>
<p><strong>To activate / de-activate multichannel audio mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Extras </strong>menu, click <strong>Options </strong></li>
<li>Select the <strong>Playback audio of the selected Image pane </strong>check box.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em> Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.15</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using multichannel audio mode</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You use multichannel audio mode when you want to hear different audio sources at the same time. You can activate different audio sources assigned to a camera in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>of each camera.</p>
<p><strong>To activate / de-activate multichannel audio mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Extras </strong>menu, click <strong>Options </strong></li>
<li>Select the <strong>Multichannel audio playback </strong>check box.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em> Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.16</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using digital zoom</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>Every<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>provides a digital zoom function. This digital zoom has 11 levels: 1x, 1.35x, 1.8x, 2.5x, 3.3x, 4.5x, 6x, 8.2x, 11x, 14.9x, 20.1x.</p>
<p>When you save a Favorites View, the current setting of the digital zoom and the image section are saved.</p>
<p>ll<sup>&#8211;</sup>-.</p>
<p>When you click , the current setting of the digital zoom and the image section are used</p>
<p>for instant playback.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>When Operator Client restarts, the current setting of the digital zoom and the image section are retained.</p>
<p><strong>To use digital zoom:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Rotate the wheel button forward or backward to zoom in or zoom out.</p>
<p>indicates that the digital zoom was used.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</p>
<p>3.</td>
<td>Drag the image to navigate to the desired image section.</p>
<p>Right-click the Image pane and click <strong>Zoom 1:1 </strong>to return to the original size.</p>
<p>s <sub>H</sub>.</p>
<p>disappears.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>You can also use the controls for digital zoom in the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window. When you rotate the wheel button for PTZ cameras, you use optical zoom.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark150"><em>Using in-window control of a PTZ camera, page 55</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark415"><em>PTZ Control window, page 140</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark103"></a> Saving a single image pane</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Main window <strong>To save a single image pane:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click ^^.</p>
<p>A dialog box for saving the image file is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.</td>
<td>Select the desired directory, enter a file name, and select the desired file type. JPG and BMP are available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4.</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The image pane is saved. The file contains additional information about the camera, map or map viewport.</p>
<p>If you logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>—</em></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark105"></a> Printing a single image pane</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Main window <strong>To print a single image pane:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click <strong>^P.</strong></p>
<p>A dialog box for selecting the printer is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.</td>
<td>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>The image pane is printed. The printout contains additional information about the camera, map or map viewport.</p>
<p>If you logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Displaying camera images | en <strong>45</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.19</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em> Image pane, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Switching to full-screen mode</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.20</strong></td>
<td>Main window</p>
<p>Full-screen mode hides many control elements, for example the menu commands or the Alarm List if no alarm monitor was switched to full-screen mode. For accessing these control elements, leave the full-screen-mode.</p>
<p><strong>To display the entire Image window in full-screen mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>IS</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>On the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> toolbar, click .</p>
<p>The Image window is displayed in full-screen mode.</p>
<p><strong>To leave the full-screen mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click ® .</p>
<p><strong>To maximize a selected Image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>and click <strong>Maximize</strong>.</p>
<p>The selected Image pane is displayed using the entire Image window.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em> Image window, page 138</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Displaying or hiding the Image pane bars</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.21</strong></td>
<td>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To display / hide the toolbars:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click to display the toolbars of the selected image pane.</p>
<p>Click to hide the toolbars of the selected image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em> Image window, page 138</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Displaying information on a camera</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.22</strong></td>
<td>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To display information:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>with a camera assigned and click <strong>Properties</strong>. A dialog box with the camera properties is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em> Image pane, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Enabling video content analysis (VCA)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Main window or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">alarm image window</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To enable:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a> or alarm image pane with a camera assigned and click <strong>Enable Content Analysis</strong>.</p>
<p>The VCA overlays are displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To disable:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a> or alarm image pane with a camera assigned and click <strong>Disable Content Analysis</strong>.</p>
<p>The VCA overlays disappear.</p>
<p>This setting is retained after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client, after closing the camera and displaying it again in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>, or after an alarm with the assigned camera is triggered again.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark115"></a> 7.23 Showing video content analysis (VCA) rules</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><strong>To show VCA rules:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a> with a camera assigned and click <strong>Show Content Analysis rules</strong>. The VCA rules are displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To hide VCA rules:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a> with a camera assigned and click <strong>Hide Content Analysis rules</strong>. The VCA rules disappear.</p>
<p>This setting is not persistent after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client or after closing the camera and displaying it again in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark117"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark118"></a> 7.24 Starting instant playback</p>
<p>s-</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can view the recordings of a camera in an Image pane in the Live Mode.</p>
<p>If configured you can change the recording source.</p>
<p>The current setting of the digital zoom and the image section are used for instant playback. The start time (number of seconds in the past or rewind time) for<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a> is configured in the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box (<strong>Extras </strong>menu, <strong>Options&#8230; </strong>command).</p>
<p><strong>To start instant playback:</strong></p>
<p>1. Select the required<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>L'&#8221;&#8216;.</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>The recording is played.</p>
<p>3. Switch to the desired recording source if available.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>After switching the recording source the rewind time can deviate from the configured value.</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>tf&#8217;Si</p>
<p><strong>Si.</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Note: </strong>More than one Image pane with instant playback is possible, even multiple instant playbacks of the same camera.</p>
<p>The rewind time for instant playback is configured in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark388"> <em>Control tab, page 134</em></a>.</p>
<p><strong>To start/stop loop playback:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click &#8216; —&#8217;.</p>
<p>The duration of looped instant playback in the live image pane is the rewind time backwards plus the rewind time forwards from the time you click <sup>1</sup> —<sup>1</sup>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark388"><em>Control tab, page 134</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark288"><em>Switching the recording source, page 95</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em>Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.25</strong></td>
<td><strong>Assigning a camera to a monitor</strong></p>
<p><strong>„ . <sub>rt</sub> S- &#8220;T:</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt;</p>
<p>You can assign IP devices to a decoder. This displays the video signal on the monitor and plays the audio signal on the speakers if connected to the decoder. Bosch Allegiant cameras cannot be assigned this way.</p>
<p><strong>To assign a camera image to a monitor:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a camera from the window to the desired monitor in the Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.26</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using audio mode</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>If available you can activate audio for a selected camera.</p>
<p>To hear the audio signal of multiple cameras simultaneously, activate multichannel audio mode.</p>
<p>You switch the audio mode in the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box (<strong>Extras </strong>menu, <strong>Options&#8230;</strong>command). <strong>To activate / de-activate audio:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
<li>Click to de-activate or to activate audio.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em>Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.27</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using the Intercom functionality</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can use the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom functionality</a> only when Live Mode is active.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Ensure that the microphone is active on your sound card and its volume is not 0. You perform this task in the Control Panel of your workstation computer. Additionally ensure that in the recording control of your sound card only the microphone is selected, not the stereo mix. For Windows 7: Disable all input devices except the one you want to use for Intercom functionality.</p>
<p>The following screenshot shows an example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="644" height="725" class="wp-image-2825" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-36.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 36" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 344" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-36.jpeg 644w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-36-266x300.jpeg 266w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 644px) 100vw, 644px" /></p>
<p>If you change the setting from stereo mix to microphone after the first start of Operator Client, the setting is overridden after the next start of Operator Client. We recommend to use a headset instead of a microphone-loudspeaker combination to avoid acoustic feedback.</p>
<p>The Intercom functionality only works with an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark452"> encoder</a> that has both audio-in and audio-out. Ensure that the volume settings for the encoder microphone and loudspeakers are not 0. You perform this task in Configuration Client.</p>
<p>To use Intercom functionality on your workstation your user group must be granted to use it. You perform this task in Configuration Client.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box, you can configure half<a href="#post-2789-bookmark449"> duplex</a> or full duplex mode.</p>
<p><strong>To use Intercom functionality:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select an Image pane with an audio encoder.</li>
<li>Click and hold the mouse button. If audio was off for this Image pane, it is switched on automatically.</li>
</ol>
<p><sub>Th</sub> . <sub>h t</sub> 1“</p>
<p>The icon changes to .</p>
<p>Now you can talk. If configured, the other side can talk also, regardless whether the icon is clicked or not.</p>
<ol>
<li>Release the mouse button. The transfer is interrupted.</li>
</ol>
<p>Audio remains on for this Image pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2826" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-37.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 37" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 345"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>An incoming auto pop-up alarm can interrupt the transfer.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em> Image window, page 138</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.28</strong></td>
<td><strong>Locking the control of a PTZ camera</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can lock the control of a PTZ camera for other users. A user with a higher priority can take over the control and lock the camera control. A timeout can be configured for this explicit PTZ locking. If you only take over the control without manually locking it before, the control is locked for the user with lower priority for 5 seconds.</p>
<p><strong>To lock a PTZ control:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select one of the following items:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Image pane with PTZ camera</li>
<li>PTZcameraintheLogicalTree</li>
<li>PTZ camera in the Favorites Tree</li>
<li>PTZ camera in the Map window</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the Image pane or the PTZ camera and click <strong>Lock</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The users with lower priorities cannot use the PTZ control any longer. On their displays a corresponding message box is displayed.</p>
<p>To stop the locking of the PTZ control, right-click the Image pane or the PTZ camera and click <strong>Unlock</strong>.</p>
<p>The locking ends automatically after a configured time period or when you log off.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark409"><em>Map window, page 140</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.29</strong></td>
<td><strong>Updating the reference image</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can update the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark483"> reference image</a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To update the reference image:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click an Image pane and click <strong>Reference Image </strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Reference Image </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Update.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The image of the time when you click <strong>Update </strong>is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Reference Image dialog box</strong></p>
<p><strong>Camera view:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the live view of the selected camera.</p>
<p><strong>Reference Image</strong></p>
<p>Displays the reference image after clicking <strong>Update</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Update</strong></p>
<p>Click to set the reference image. The image of the time when you click <strong>Update </strong>is used.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2827" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-38.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 38" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 346"><a id="post-2789-bookmark130"></a> 7.30 Displaying a monitor group</p>
<p>S&#8221; Main window &gt; &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To assign a monitor group to an image pane:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag a monitor group from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an image pane. The selected monitor group is displayed in the image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or select an image pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window, double-click a monitor group. The selected monitor group is displayed in the image pane.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To assign a camera to a monitor:</strong></p>
<p>1. Drag a camera from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to a monitor.</p>
<p>The selected camera is displayed in the monitor.</p>
<p>Every assigned camera of a monitor group displays a snapshot. This snapshot helps you to identify, for example, if the correct camera is used or if the camera is reachable. The snapshot image is updated every minute.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="51" class="wp-image-2828" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-39.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 39" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 347"><strong>To switch the layout of a monitor group:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p><strong>To reset the default layout settings of a monitor group:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the appropriate monitor group in the <strong>Logical tree</strong>.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Reset to default layout settings</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The default layout settings of a MG are the settings, that are configured in the Configuration Client for this MG.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark132"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark133"></a> 7.31 Selecting live stream for display</p>
<p>s-</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can select the stream of a camera for display in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. This is for example useful when the default stream is not available. In this case you can switch to another stream.</p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>you select the preferred stream to be used when the camera is displayed later.</p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>of an already displayed camera you can switch the stream immediately.</p>
<p>The stream selection in an Image pane displaying a camera is retained after restarting Operator Client without explicitly closing this Image pane before. If the default stream has been selected in an Image pane and the default stream is changed using Configuration Client, the stream used for Live display is automatically changed after restart.</p>
<p>You can save the stream selection of an Image pane in a view in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark459"> Favorites Tree</a>.</p>
<p>When using Operator Client with a version earlier than BVMS 5.5.5 to open a view previously saved with Operator Client 5.5.5, the default stream is used.</p>
<p>When using Operator Client with version 5.5.5 to display a view that was saved with Operator Client with a version earlier than 5.5.5, the default stream is used.</p>
<p><strong>To pre-select a preferred stream:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click one of the available menu commands.</p>
<p>When you drag this camera to an Image pane next time, the preferred stream is used for display.</p>
<p><strong>To select a stream:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click the camera image in an Image pane, point to <strong>Select stream</strong>, and then click one of the available menu commands</p>
<p>The selected stream is used for display.</p>
<p>When you select <strong>Image pane size optimized</strong>, the resolution of the displayed camera is automatically adjusted to the size of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>depending on the resolution of the used monitor.</p>
<p>The <strong>Image pane size optimized </strong>command is not available for the following cameras:</p>
<ul>
<li>Cameras with SD resolution</li>
<li>Cameras with identical resolution on stream 1 and stream 2</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark161"><em>Using favorites and bookmarks, page 62</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark135"></a> 7.32 Displaying video via low bandwidth</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can play back the recordings of a camera or view live images of a camera with Operator Client even if you have a low bandwidth network connection between BVMS and your Operator Client computer.</p>
<p>Transcoders do not support intelligent tracking,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI</a>,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark466"> Intelligent Video Analytics </a>overlays, and text data.</p>
<p>For using low bandwidth networks, 2 options are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Hardware transcoding</li>
<li>Software transcoding (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Hardware transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For hardware transcoding the VRM must be equipped with at least one transcoding device. This transcoding device is not configured in BVMS. See the VRM documentation on how to configure a transcoding device. Transcoding devices can have multiple transcoding instances. DIVAR IP 3000 and DIVAR IP 7000 are delivered each with one preconfigured transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Each live stream or recording needs an own transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Hardware transcoding is possible only for Video IP devices from Bosch connected to a VRM. Both camera and transcoding device must be managed by the same VRM.</p>
<p><strong>Software transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For software transcoding you need a Mobile Video Service configured on your Management Server or your Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p>In an Enterprise System only the MVS services are used that are configured in the Enterprise Management Server configuration.</p>
<p>To select the preferred transcoding device, use the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>To enable transcoding:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click to enable <strong>Transcoding</strong>.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; This camera shows transcoded video.</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>ff;:. ff::.</p>
<p>icon for hardware transcoding or the</p>
<p>icon for software transcoding is displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying untranscoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p>If a transcoding request cannot be fulfilled, the related Image pane turns black.</p>
<p><strong>To disable transcoding in Live Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then select another stream.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; This camera shows untranscoded video.</p>
<p>The transcoding icon is not displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying transcoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>To disable transcoding in Playback Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the Logical Tree, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click to disable <strong>Transcoding</strong>.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>=&gt; This camera shows untranscoded video.</li>
</ul>
<p>The transcoding icon is not displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying transcoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2829" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-40.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 40" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 348"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>7.33</p>
<p>You can also enable or disable transcoding in an Image pane directly:</p>
<p>Right-click the item, point to <strong>Select stream</strong>, and then click the desired menu command.</p>
<p>This setting only affects the selected Image pane.</p>
<p>This command does not affect the setting for the preferred stream in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em>Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark137"></a> Using TCP for reliable connection</p>
<p>S&#8221;</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>For each Video IP device from Bosch in your system you can establish a more reliable connection if required. This can be useful if you have for example connection losses due to high network load. You enable <a href="#post-2789-bookmark489">TCP </a>for a selected camera to achieve a more reliable connection.</p>
<p>For all cameras of an entire workstation the system administrator can configure that the default protocol is TCP or<a href="#post-2789-bookmark491"> UDP</a>. For a single camera you can override the default protocol. <strong>Note: </strong>From encoder firmware version 7.0, it is possible to display secure UDP for BVIP encoders. You can switch between TCP and UDP for live video of an encoder.</p>
<p>If you are using older firmware versions and the administrator activated the encryption for live video of an encoder in Configuration Client, TCP is selected by default and it is not possible to disable TCP.</p>
<p><strong>To enable TCP:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a camera and click <strong>Enable TCP</strong>.</p>
<p>■=&gt; The connection to the camera is now established via TCP. The context menu entry of this camera changes to <strong>Disable TCP</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>To enable UDP:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a camera and click <strong>Disable TCP</strong>.</p>
<p>■=&gt; The connection to the camera is now established via UDP. The context menu entry of this camera changes to <strong>Enable TCP</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>To use the configured default protocol:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a camera and click <strong>Use default protocol (TCP) </strong>or <strong>Use default protocol (UDP)</strong>. It depends on the current configuration which of these two menu commands is available.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark140"></a> 7.34 Connecting to an unmanaged site</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can connect to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark492"> unmanaged site</a>. All available devices of all video network devices of this site are then displayed in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>. As soon as you log off or exit Operator Client, this connection is terminated.</p>
<p><strong>To connect:</strong></p>
<p>Q</p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click .</li>
<li>Click <strong>Connect to Site</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Q</p>
<p>As long as the device is connecting, i is displayed.</p>
<p>o</p>
<p>After the connection is successfully established, is displayed.</p>
<p>All available devices of this site are displayed in the Logical Tree.</p>
<p>If not all devices belonging to this site can be connected, is displayed. You can later try to connect the remaining devices that were not connected now.</p>
<p>o</p>
<p><strong>Tip: </strong>You can also double-click to connect.</p>
<p><strong>To connect remaining devices:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click</li>
<li>Click <strong>Retry Connection</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="51" class="wp-image-2830" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-41.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 41" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 349"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="37" class="wp-image-2831" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-42.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 42" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 350"><strong>To disconnect a single site:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2832" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-43.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 43" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 351"> Click <strong>Disconnect from Site</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The icon changes:</p>
<p>All<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes </a>with devices belonging to this site are automatically closed.</p>
<p><strong>To disconnect all sites:</strong></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>All sites are disconnected. Partially connected sites are not disconnected.</p>
<p>All Image panes with devices belonging to this site are automatically closed.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark26"><em> Unmanaged site, page 18</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.35</strong></td>
<td><strong>Displaying a video analytics alarm</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can display the analytics viewer application of the configured <a href="#post-2789-bookmark495">video analytics </a>platform.</p>
<p>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark438"> analytics viewer</a> application shows you analytics alarm details.</p>
<p><strong>Prerequisites</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag the video analytics item to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>The default image of the analytics viewer application is displayed.</p>
<p>For displaying the analytics viewer application, a video analytics alarm must be available in the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark436">Alarm List</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To display the alarm viewer application:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark436">Alarm List</a>, click to select a video analytics alarm.</p>
<p>The analytics viewer application is displayed in the Image pane where you dragged the video analytics item.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7.36</strong></td>
<td><strong>Displaying Intelligent Insights widgets</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can display an Intelligent Insights widget in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> image pane</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To display an </strong>Intelligent Insights <strong>widget in an image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag an Intelligent Insights widget from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an image pane. The Intelligent Insights widget is displayed in the image pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark146"></a> Using PTZ cameras</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2833" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-44.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 44" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 352"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to use the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group, your <a href="#post-2789-bookmark455">Enterprise User Group </a>or your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark453"> Enterprise Account</a>.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark148"></a> Controlling PTZ cameras</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Main window &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can zoom and control the cameras in the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window or in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2834" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-45.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 45" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 353"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When controlling a MIC 500 PTZ camera, focus near and focus far are permuted. You can switch the behavior directly on the device.</p>
<p><strong>Controlling/zooming cameras in the PTZ Control window:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required Image pane.</li>
<li>Click the various control elements in the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window to control the camera.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To move to a preposition of a PTZ camera on a map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a map containing a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spot </a>in an Image pane.</li>
<li>Right-click a PTZ camera located on a map, point to <strong>Predefined positions</strong>, and then click the desired preposition command.</li>
</ol>
<p>The camera moves the focus to the selected preposition.</p>
<p><strong>To lock the control of a PTZ camera on a map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a map containing a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spot </a>in an Image pane.</li>
<li>Right-click a PTZ camera located on a map and click <strong>Lock</strong>. The PTZ control of this camera is locked for other users.</li>
<li>To unlock: Right-click the locked PTZ camera and click <strong>Unlock</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark415"><em> PTZ Control window, page 140</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark150"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark151"></a> 8.2 Using in-window control of a PTZ camera</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>After you have assigned a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera to an Image pane, you can use the camera control functions directly in this Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>To use the pan and tilt function:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Move the cursor on the Image pane which displays a PTZ camera.</li>
</ol>
<p>The cursor changes to</p>
<ol>
<li>Press and hold the mouse button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The cursor changes to C3\</p>
<p>To pan and tilt the image slowly, move the mouse slightly in the desired direction.</p>
<p>To pan and tilt more quickly, move the mouse further.</p>
<p><strong>To use the optical zoom function:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>To zoom in, rotate the wheel button forward.</li>
<li>To zoom out, rotate the wheel button backward.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="256" height="173" class="wp-image-2835" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-46.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 46" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 354"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2836" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-47.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 47" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 355"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="260" height="301" class="wp-image-2837" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-48.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 48" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 356"></p>
<p>8.3</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em> Image pane, page 139</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark111"></a> Using the ROI function</p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can use<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI </a>with a fixed HD camera.</p>
<p>You can zoom and control the cameras in the <strong>PTZ Control </strong>window or in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>The system administrator must configure the ROI function in Configuration Client.</p>
<p><strong>To use ROI:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Use the following PTZ controls:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="239" height="39" class="wp-image-2838" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-49.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 49" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 357"></p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Additionally you can use the digital zoom ( save network bandwidth.</p>
<p>Or</p>
<p>Use the in-window controls.</p>
<p>). But this does not</p>
<p>8.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark113"></a> Using Intelligent Tracking</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2839" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-50.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 50" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 358"></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Intended use</strong></p>
<p>Intended use of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark465"> Intelligent Tracking</a> is to enable a camera to follow a selected object. You can configure whether the selection of an object is automatically or manually. The camera can be a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark482">PTZ </a>camera or a fixed HD camera (only with<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI </a>enabled).</p>
<p>The following 3 modes are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Off</strong>: Intelligent Tracking is turned off.</li>
<li><strong>Auto</strong>: Intelligent Tracking turned on, the largest object is automatically selected for tracking, recommended use: rarely moving objects in the image.</li>
<li><strong>Click</strong>: User selects object to be tracked.</li>
</ul>
<p>After selecting the object to be tracked, a PTZ camera moves to follow the object until this object leaves the visible area of the camera or the operator stops tracking.</p>
<p>A fixed HD camera with the Intelligent Tracking feature enabled defines a surrounding region close to the borders of the selected object and zooms into the image to display only the region. Then the region is moved according to the movement of the object.</p>
<p><strong>To use Intelligent Tracking:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the Image pane of the camera and click <strong>Enable Content Analysis</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Auto </strong>or <strong>Click </strong>to enable Intelligent Tracking.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; The camera follows an object that moves into the camera image.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark153"></a> Using maps, the global map and map viewports</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2840" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-51.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 51" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 359"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to use site maps, the <strong>Map </strong>window, the global map and map viewports.</p>
<p><strong>Site maps</strong></p>
<p>You can view a site map in the required ratio and zooming factor. Hence, you see all your devices and their places at a glance.</p>
<p>You can activate that the site map of the camera in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is automatically getting the focus. This site map is displayed in the <strong>Map </strong>window of the <strong>Control </strong>monitor.</p>
<p><strong>Global map</strong></p>
<p>You can see all your cameras that are configured on the global map. You can also search for cameras or locations. You can use the Map-based tracking assistant if the feature is enabled on the respective camera.</p>
<p>The Map-based tracking assistant helps you to track moving objects across multiple cameras. The respective cameras have to be configured on the global map. If an interesting moving object appears in live, playback, or in an alarm image pane, the user can start the Map-based tracking assistant that displays all nearby cameras automatically.</p>
<p><strong>Map viewports</strong></p>
<p>A map viewport is an area of the global map with a specific center and zoom level. You can still zoom in and out or move in any direction, but can also come back to the configured default position of the map viewport.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group, your <a href="#post-2789-bookmark455">Enterprise User Group</a> or your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark453"> Enterprise Account</a>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark155"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark156"></a> 9.1 Displaying a site map</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can display a site map in the <strong>Map </strong>window or in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2841" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-52.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 52" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 360"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>A site map displayed in an alarm image pane is optimized for display and contains only the initial view of the original map file.</p>
<p>Depending on your configuration, a site map can display blinking and colored<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spots</a>. Each hot spot indicates that a specific state change of the corresponding device has occurred<strong>.</strong></p>
<p><strong>To view a site map in the map window:</strong></p>
<p>o</p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a map from the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to the tab, wait until the <strong>Map </strong>window is displayed, and drop the site map on the <strong>Map </strong>window.</p>
<p>The site map is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To view a map in an Image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a site map from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an Image pane.</p>
<p>The site map is displayed in the image pane.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>9.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark409"><em> Map window, page 140</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Displaying a map viewport</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can display a map viewport in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To view a map viewport in an image pane:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a map viewport from the <strong>Logical tree </strong>window to an image pane.</p>
<p>The map viewport is displayed in the Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>To go to the configured default position of a map viewport:</strong></p>
<p><strong>F</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>After zooming in or out on a map viewport, click 1! to go back to the configured default position.</p>
<p><strong>To search for cameras or locations in a map viewport:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Type the name of a camera, location or address in the search field.</li>
</ol>
<p>As soon as you start typing a dropdown menu with a list of relevant options displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the respective option from the list</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>F</strong></p>
<p>The camera, location or address displays and is indicated with a flag ■. for some seconds.</p>
<p><strong>To display the live video preview of a camera:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Mouse over the respective camera on the global map.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To change floors in map viewports:</strong></p>
<p>1. Click E.</p>
<p>The field opens.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9.3</strong></td>
<td>2. Select the respective floor.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark159"></a><strong>Using the Map-based tracking assistant</strong></p>
<p>The Map-based tracking assistant helps you to track moving objects across multiple cameras.</p>
<p>The respective cameras have to be configured on the global map. If an interesting moving object appears in live, playback, or in an alarm image pane, the user can start the Map-based tracking assistant that displays all nearby cameras automatically.</p>
<p>If a camera is in instant playback mode or in playback mode and you start the Map-based tracking assistant, only the cameras that support playback are available in the Map-based tracking assistant display.</p>
<p>The Map-based tracking assistant displays five image panes: one main image pane and maximum four side image panes that are indicated by the Latin letters A-D.</p>
<p>The main image pane displays the selected main camera. The side image panes display the neighbor cameras, whose field of view overlap with the main cameras field of view or are closest by distance.</p>
<p>In the global map, the neighbor cameras are also indicated by the Latin letters A-D. When first starting the Map-based tracking assistant, those letters also display for some seconds in the respective image panes. The letters also display in the image pane bar, if enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To use the camera control functions, you have to select the respective image pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To start the Map-based tracking assistant</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="50" class="wp-image-2842" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-53.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 53" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 361"> Select the image pane of the respective camera.</li>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Map-based tracking assistant </strong>display pops up.</p>
<p>The selected camera displays as main camera in the central image pane. The neighbor cameras display in the side image panes. The view cones of the neighbor cameras rotate automatically to the direction of the view cone of the main camera.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If a neighbor camera is a PTZ camera, the actual view cone of the PTZ camera rotates automatically to the direction of the view cone of the main camera.</p>
<p><strong>To display the live video preview of a camera:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Mouse over the respective camera on the global map.</p>
<p><strong>To reassign a main camera:</strong></p>
<p>Double-click the hot spot of the respective camera.</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>The selected camera displays as main camera in the central image pane. The neighbor cameras reassign accordingly.</p>
<p>Double-click in the side image pane of the respective neighbor camera.</p>
<p>This former neighbor camera now displays as main camera in the central image page. The</p>
<p>neighbor cameras reassign accordingly.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="45" height="57" class="wp-image-2843" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-54.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 54" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 362"></p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Double-click any location on the global map where you want to focus on.</p>
<p>The location is indicated with</p>
<p>for some seconds and the closest camera displays as</p>
<p>main camera in the central image pane. The neighbor cameras reassign accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If no camera view cone covers the selected location, the closest camera within a</p>
<p>range of 80 meters automatically displays as main camera. If no camera view cone covers the selected location, and the closest camera is not within a range of 80 meters, no camera displays as main camera.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="51" class="wp-image-2844" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-55.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 55" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 363"><strong>Start or stop First person view:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p>When First person view is enabled, the global map rotates to align the view cone of the main camera to north orientation.</p>
<p>If the main camera is a dome camera, the global map rotates to align the actual view cone of the dome camera to north orientation.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>First person view is enabled by default when you start the Map-based tracking assistant.</p>
<p><strong>To align the global map to default north orientation:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p>The global map rotates to align to default north orientation. <strong>Note: </strong>The First person view stops.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2845" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-56.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 56" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 364"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When the default north orientation is enabled and you select a new main camera, the global map does not rotate to align the orientation of the camera view cone. If you want that behavior, you have to start First person view.</p>
<p><strong>To stop the Map-based tracking assistant</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>When the <strong>Map-based tracking assistant </strong>display is enabled, click</p>
<p>to stop the Map-</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2846" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-57.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 57" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 365"></p>
<p>based tracking assistant.</p>
<p>You return to your previous mode (live mode, playback mode or alarm display).</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark376"><em> Map-based tracking assistant display, page 125</em></a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark161"></a><strong>Using favorites and bookmarks</strong></p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to use the Favorites Tree and the Bookmark Tree.</p>
<p><strong>Favorites Tree</strong></p>
<p>You can add every item of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">view</a> in the Favorites Tree to create your own subset of the Logical Tree. At any time you can display the view or add or delete devices in a view.</p>
<p>When saving a view in the Favorites Tree, you save the following settings:</p>
<ul>
<li>The assignment of cameras or other objects to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a></li>
<li>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark462"> Image pane pattern</a></li>
<li>The current setting of the digital zoom</li>
<li>The image section</li>
<li>The selected stream (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Bookmark Tree</strong></p>
<p>You can save a time period of live view or a recording in a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a>. A bookmark saves a start and an end time, the cameras assigned to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window </a>at this time, and the entire<a href="#post-2789-bookmark462"> Image</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark462">pane pattern</a>. A time period of 0 seconds is possible. Bookmarks are saved in the pane.</p>
<p>Deleting a bookmark does not affect the corresponding recordings. You cannot add or remove cameras from a bookmark. To change a bookmark, load it, make your changes and save it.</p>
<p>If a recording is deleted, the corresponding bookmark is not synchronized. If loaded, a black <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">Image pane </a>is displayed.</p>
<p>If you have logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Do not add more than 4 cameras in one bookmark to avoid performance issues when loading the bookmark.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ Î </strong>j</td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark132"><em>Selecting live stream for display, page 50</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark163"></a><strong>Adding items to the favorites tree</strong></p>
<p><strong>s&gt; </strong>I;</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><sub>u</sub> . &#8211; &#8220;I:,<sub>h</sub></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can add each item of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to the Favorites Tree. This allows you to define your own subset of the Logical Tree.</p>
<p><strong>To add an item:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an item and click <strong>Add To Favorites</strong>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark166"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark167"></a> Creating/editing views</p>
<p>10.2</p>
<p>S&#8217; Tr</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>After having assigned cameras, maps, and HTML files to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a>, you can save this assignment and the Image pane pattern in a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">view</a> in the Favorites Tree.</p>
<p><strong>To create a new view:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>. Arrange the cameras in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> in Live Mode and in Playback Mode.</li>
<li>. If desired, use the digital zoom and select an image section.</li>
</ol>
<p>When displaying a view, the live image of the camera is displayed in Live Mode and the recorded video of the camera is displayed in Playback Mode.</p>
<ol>
<li>. In the Image window toolbar, click .</li>
</ol>
<p>A new view is added. Enter a name for the new view.</p>
<p><strong>Limitation for unmanaged sites: </strong>You can create a view of cameras from maximum 20 unmanaged sites.</p>
<p><strong>To display a view:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Double-click the view or right-click the view and click <strong>Load Image pane view</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The assignment saved in this view is displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2847" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-58.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 58" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 366"> The maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window is configured in the BVMS Configuration Client. If this number has been changed since the last log off from Operator Client and the number of Image pane rows in the saved view exceeds the maximum set by system parameter, the saved view cannot be displayed and a warning is displayed.</p>
<p>You can display the view without the excess rows.</p>
<p><strong>Displaying a view for unmanaged sites</strong></p>
<p>When you load a view for cameras from unmanaged sites, the assignment saved in this view is displayed in the Image window and the unmanaged sites are connected automatically.</p>
<p>If the connection takes more than 3 seconds the <strong>Connecting </strong>dialog box is displayed showing the connection progress.</p>
<ol>
<li>To cancel the connection process, click <strong>Cancel</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>No further unmanaged sites are connected and no further camera images are loaded. The unmanaged sites which have already been connected remain connected and the camera images which have already been loaded remain open.</p>
<p>If there are connection problems, the unmanaged sites which could not be connected are displayed in the <strong>Connecting </strong>dialog box.</p>
<ol>
<li>After the connection process has finished, click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>If the number of already connected unmanaged sites and unmanaged sites assigned to the Favorite view exceeds the maximum number of 20 connected sites, a warning message is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>No </strong>to cancel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or</p>
<p>Click <strong>OK </strong>to continue.</p>
<p>If you continue, the unmanaged sites which are already connected but are not assigned to the Favorite view are disconnected and only unmanaged sites which are assigned to the Favorite view are connected.</p>
<p><strong>To edit a view:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Double-click the view which you want to edit.</li>
<li>Make the required changes, for example assign cameras to Image panes.</li>
<li>Right-click the required view and click <strong>Update Image pane view</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To rename a view:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the required view and click <strong>Rename</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the name of the view and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To delete a view:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click the view and click <strong>Remove</strong>.</p>
<p>The view is removed from the Favorites Tree.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em> Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark169"></a> Exporting favorites settings</p>
<p>10.3</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="50" class="wp-image-2848" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-59.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 59" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 367"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2849" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-60.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 60" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 368"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="67" class="wp-image-2850" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-61.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 61" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 369"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="67" class="wp-image-2851" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-62.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 62" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 370"></p>
<p>You can export any single favorites item, folder or the complete favorites tree. You can then share the exported file or files with other users.</p>
<p><strong>To export favorites settings:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any favorites item, folder or the favorites tree root item, and select <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export favorites </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Type a password that supplies the minimum complexity requirements.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or deselect the <strong>Protect file with password </strong>check box if protecting the export file is not required.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Using favorites and bookmarks | en <strong>65</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.4</strong></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>If required, select a folder and change the file name.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Importing favorites settings</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.5</strong></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li><strong>TT</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p><strong>To import favorites settings:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any position in the favorites tree where you want to import favorites settings, and select <strong>Import</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Import favorites </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the respective file and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
<li>If the file is protected, type the password and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Adding a bookmark</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Assign desired cameras to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a></p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Assign desired cameras to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a></p>
<p><strong>To add a bookmark:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Using the Hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline</a>.</li>
<li>In the toolbar, click .</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Add Bookmark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>If you logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</p>
<ol>
<li>The selected time period is copied to the appropriate fields.</li>
<li>Make changes if required.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a> is saved in the Bookmark Tree.</p>
<p><strong>Add Bookmark dialog box</strong></p>
<p><strong>Name</strong></p>
<p>Edit the name of the bookmark.</p>
<p><strong>Start Time</strong></p>
<p>In the lists, select date and time.</p>
<p><strong>End Time</strong></p>
<p>In the lists, select date and time.</p>
<p><strong>Sources</strong></p>
<p>Displays the cameras that belong to this bookmark.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark173"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark174"></a> 10.6 Editing a bookmark</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>H ►</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; tab</p>
<p><strong>To edit a bookmark:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a> and click <strong>Edit bookmark</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Edit bookmark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Make changes if required.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; The bookmark is saved in the Bookmark Tree.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2852" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-63.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 63" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 371"></p>
<p>10.7</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark177"></a> Loading a bookmark</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p><strong>To display a bookmark:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a> to the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a>. The entire Image window layout saved in the bookmark is displayed in the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline</a>. The Hairline is positioned at the start time of the bookmark.</p>
<p>■=&gt; The previous Image window is overwritten.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>The maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window is configured in the BVMS Configuration Client. If this number has been changed since the last log off from Operator Client and the number of Image pane rows in the saved bookmark exceeds the maximum set by system parameter, the saved view cannot be displayed and a warning is displayed.</p>
<p>You can display the view without the excess rows.</p>
<p>10.8</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark400"><em> Bookmarks window, page 137</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark179"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark180"></a> Exporting video of bookmarks</p>
<p>s-</p>
<p>Main window &gt; or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To export video of bookmarks:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the tab.</li>
<li>Right-click a bookmark.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>To export a single bookmark click <strong>Export video of bookmark</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Or</p>
<p>To export multiple bookmarks click <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks</strong>.</p>
<p>The <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Make the appropriate settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you want to encrypt the exported files, type in a password and confirm this password.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The size of the recordings to be exported is estimated. Overlappings of recordings are subtracted. If free space is not enough, an error message is displayed.</p>
<p>The authenticity of the export is automatically verified.</p>
<p>The recordings are exported to the selected data medium.</p>
<ol>
<li>If available, click <strong>Verification Details </strong>to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box. If no authentication issues were found, the <strong>Verification Details </strong>button is inactive.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ î j</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.8.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark222"><em>Authenticity verification result dialog box, page 77</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark184"></a><strong>Export videoofbookmark dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>command &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Allows you to export video data of a bookmark in native (BVMS Export Player), MP4 or<a href="#post-2789-bookmark475"> MOV</a> format. You can change the time period for the export. For each camera, a subfolder is created in the target folder. For detailed information on different export locations, refer to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"> <em>Exporting</em></a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>video data, page 78</em></a>.</p>
<p><strong>Name</strong></p>
<p>If required, type a name for the exported file or keep the default name.</p>
<p><strong>Start:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the selected start time for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>End:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the selected end time for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>Native</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the BVMS Export Player format.</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Include Export Player </strong>dialog box, if you want to export the video together with the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Include Export Player</strong></p>
<p>When you export a video in native format, you can add the BVMS Export Player as a viewer. Click to select, if you want to include the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>MOV (Fast and compatible with Media Player)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MOV format (compatible for example with QuickTime from Apple).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>MP4 (Most commonly used to store video and audio)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MP4 format (compatible for example with VLC media player or Windows Media Player).</p>
<p><strong>Include audio</strong></p>
<p>Click to select, if you want to include audio.</p>
<p><strong>Add timestamp as subtitle</strong></p>
<p>Select to add the timestamp as subtitle.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy overlay</strong></p>
<p>Select to add Privacy overlay to exported video for cameras that do not already have Privacy overlay enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Native and remote export are not supported for cameras with Privacy overlay.</p>
<p><strong>Encrypt Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to select encryption for this export.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Type in a password for your encrypted export. Confirm this password in the <strong>Confirm password </strong>field.</p>
<p><strong>Export as single ZIP file</strong></p>
<p>Select to store the exported files in a single ZIP file. You use the ZIP file format to store all exported files in a single file, compression of the data is not available.</p>
<p>On a FAT32 partition, the maximum file size of the ZIP file is 4 GB.</p>
<p><strong>Remote Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to enable remote export. You can select a Management Server of your Enterprise</p>
<p>System. On this Management Server the export is performed.</p>
<p>Ensure that the desired storage media is available.</p>
<p><strong>Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Browse </strong>to select a hard disk partition for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>CD/DVD/Blu-Ray</strong></p>
<p>In the list, select a CD/DVD/Blu-Ray writer for exporting.</p>
<p>Not active when the <strong>Remote Export </strong>option is selected.</p>
<p><strong>Finalize Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click to select that the data medium is finalized after the successful burning process. After finalizing no further data can be burned on the data medium.</p>
<p><strong>Comment:</strong></p>
<p>Enter a comment for the export.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark179"><em>Exporting video of bookmarks, page 66</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark235"><em>Providing a password for export, page 81</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.8.2</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark187"></a><strong>Export videoofmultiple bookmarks dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks</strong></p>
<p>command &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Allows you to export video data of multiple bookmarks in native (BVMS Export Player), MP4 or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark475">MOV</a> format. This way you can export different time periods of the same or different cameras in one process. For each camera, a subfolder is created in the target folder. For detailed information on different export locations, refer to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"> <em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Name</strong></p>
<p>If required, type a name for the exported file or keep the default name.</p>
<p><strong>Native</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the BVMS Export Player format.</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Include Export Player </strong>dialog box, if you want to export the video together with the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Include Export Player</strong></p>
<p>When you export a video in native format, you can add the BVMS Export Player as a viewer.</p>
<p>Click to select, if you want to include the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>MOV (Fast and compatible with Media Player)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MOV format (compatible for example with QuickTime from Apple).</p>
<p><strong>MP4 (Most commonly used to store video and audio)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MP4 format (compatible for example with VLC media player or Windows Media Player).</p>
<p><strong>Include audio</strong></p>
<p>Click to select, if you want to include audio.</p>
<p><strong>Encrypt Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to select encryption for this export.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Type in a password for your encrypted export. Confirm this password in the <strong>Confirm password </strong>field.</p>
<p><strong>Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click to select a folder on a hard disk partition for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>CD/DVD/Blu-Ray</strong></p>
<p>In the list, select a writer device for exporting.</p>
<p>Enable <strong>Finalize Disk</strong>, if you do not want to burn further data on the data medium.</p>
<p><strong>Bookmarks</strong></p>
<p>In the list, select the bookmarks that you want to export.</p>
<p><strong>Finalize Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click to select that the data medium is finalized after the successful burning process. After finalizing no further data can be burned on the data medium.</p>
<p><strong>Comment:</strong></p>
<p>Enter a comment for the export.</p>
<p><strong>Export as single ZIP file</strong></p>
<p>Select to store the exported files in a single ZIP file. You use the ZIP file format to store all exported files in a single file, compression of the data is not available.</p>
<p>On a FAT32 partition, the maximum file size of the ZIP file is 4 GB.</p>
<p><strong>Add timestamp as subtitle</strong></p>
<p>Select to add the timestamp as subtitle.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy overlay</strong></p>
<p>Select to add Privacy overlay to exported video for cameras that do not already have Privacy overlay enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Native and remote export are not supported for cameras with Privacy overlay.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark179"><em> Exporting video of bookmarks, page 66</em></a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark235"><em>Providing a password for export, page 81</em></a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>10.9</strong></td>
<td><strong>Exporting bookmark settings</strong></p>
<p>.. .. s- B _</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>[h]</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>You can export any bookmark item, folder or the complete bookmark tree and share the exported file or various files with other users.</p>
<p><strong>To export bookmark settings:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any bookmark item, folder or the bookmark tree root item, and select <strong>Export bookmark settings</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export bookmark settings </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Type a password that supplies the minimum complexity requirements.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or deselect the <strong>Protect file with password </strong>check box if protecting the export file is not required.</p>
<ol>
<li>If required, select a folder and change the file name.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>10.10</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark191"></a> Importing bookmark settings</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="50" class="wp-image-2853" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-64.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 64" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 372"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2854" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-65.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 65" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 373"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2855" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-66.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 66" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 374"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2856" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-67.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 67" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 375"></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p><strong>To import a bookmark tree:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any position in the bookmark tree where you want to import bookmark settings, and select <strong>Import bookmark settings</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Import bookmark settings </strong>dialog box displays.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the respective file and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
<li>If the file is protected, type the password and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Managing recorded videos | en <strong>71</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td><strong>Managing recorded videos</strong></p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to manage recordings.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ i J</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Selecting a time zone</strong></p>
<p>Main window</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ i </strong>j</td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Ensure that the time on all computers of your system is set correctly according to each time zone where the computers are located.</p>
<p>Management Server or unmanaged site and all connected devices including encoders, decoders, VRM Server computers, and DVR devices must be in the same time zone. Operator Client computers (including Client SDK and Cameo SDK) and Configuration Client computers can be in other time zones than the Management Server or unmanaged site. If your Operator Client is located in another time zone than one or more connected Management Server or unmanaged site, you can select one of the following time displays: &#8211; Your local time &#8211;<a href="#post-2789-bookmark494"> UTC</a></p>
<p>&#8211; Time zone of the Management Server or unmanaged site you are connected to The Image panes displaying a camera (live and playback) always show the time of the corresponding Management Server or unmanaged site.</p>
<p><strong>©</strong></p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, is displayed on the device icon of each server or unmanaged site that</p>
<p>do not share the time zone that is currently selected in the Operator Client:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="321" height="379" class="wp-image-2857" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-68.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 68" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 376" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-68.jpeg 321w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-68-254x300.jpeg 254w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 321px) 100vw, 321px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>You can select the time zone of a server or unmanaged site for displaying this time zone in Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To select the time zone:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click a server icon to select the time zone of this server.</li>
<li>In the time zone selector list, select the desired entry.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#8211; <strong>Operator Client Time</strong>: Operator Client</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="757" height="168" class="wp-image-2858" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-69.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 69" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 377" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-69.jpeg 757w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-69-300x67.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 757px) 100vw, 757px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="50" class="wp-image-2859" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-70.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 70" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 378"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="67" class="wp-image-2860" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-71.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 71" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 379"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2861" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-72.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 72" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 380"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="50" class="wp-image-2862" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-73.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 73" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 381"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="52" class="wp-image-2863" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-74.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 74" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 382"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2864" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-75.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 75" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 383"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="67" class="wp-image-2865" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-76.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 76" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 384"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2866" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-77.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 77" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 385"></p>
<p>&#8211; <strong>UTC</strong></p>
<p><strong>UTC-x</strong>: time zone of each available Management Server</p>
<p>The time based on the selected time zone is displayed in the menu bar:</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em> Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></p>
<p>11.2</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark195"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark196"></a> Finding recorded video</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Click</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Timeline search </strong>entry &gt; <strong>Timeline search</strong></p>
<p>dialog box</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Video by event search </strong>entry &gt; <strong>Select Search</strong></p>
<p><strong>Parameters </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Click</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>entry &gt; <strong>Search for</strong></p>
<p><strong>Text Data </strong>dialog box</p>
<p><strong>To find video data: </strong>1. Click somewhere in the timeline.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2867" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-78.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 78" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 386"> Drag to move the timeline window to the right or to the left to select a time period.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>5.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>to select the respective search type entry.</p>
<p>Enter or select the required search criteria.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2868" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-79.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 79" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 387"> Click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>The</p>
<p>window with the matching entries is displayed.</p>
<p>6. For playing the corresponding video, double-click the entry. The corresponding video is</p>
<p>displayed.</p>
<p>If you searched for text data, the text data pane is automatically opened in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">pane</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark259"><em>Select Search Parameters dialog box, page 88</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark271"><em>Logbook Results: dialog box, page 91</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark204"><em>Using the timeline, page 73</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark274"><em>Displaying text data, page 91</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark276"><em>Searching for text data, page 92</em></a></li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Managing recorded videos | en <strong>73</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.2.1</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark198"></a><strong>Video Search Resultswindow</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; &#8216;■* tab</p>
<p>Displays entries for video data matching different search criteria. You can select an entry for playback, protection, authenticity checking, archiving, or export.</p>
<p>Allows you to play the recordings that match the search criteria.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.3</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark201"></a><strong>Playing recorded videos</strong></p>
<p>«► •</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>Bosch Allegiant cameras are not recorded within BVMS.</p>
<p><strong>To play recorded videos:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Assign a camera to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
<li>Switch to the desired recording source if available.</li>
<li>Use a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline </a>control for the required playing option.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark204"><em>Using the timeline, page 73</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark288"><em>Switching the recording source, page 95</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.4</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark204"></a><strong>Using the timeline ®</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can access a specific time in the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline </a>via the hairline.</p>
<p><strong>To navigate in the timeline:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click somewhere in the timeline.</li>
</ol>
<p>The images of the selected point in time are displayed in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Scroll to zoom in and out.</li>
<li>Drag to move the timeline window to the right or to the left.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>4^</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>■“.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The Hairline jumps to this time. The images of the entered point in time are displayed in the image window. Use a timeline control for the required playing option.</p>
<p>You can select a time period in the timeline using the hairline. You can use this selection for further tasks such as for exporting video data.</p>
<p>4 Drag the bottom handles of the Hairline to select a time period or to change this selection.</p>
<p>Drag the upper handles to move the hairline or selection.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to </strong><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark201"><em> Playing recorded videos, page 73</em></a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark206"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark207"></a> Changing the playback speed</p>
<p>11.5</p>
<p>*** 1/8 1/41/2 1 2 4 8 Jï tab &gt;</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To change the playback speed for playing a video forward or reverse:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Move the slider to the left to decrease the playback speed, and to the right to increase the playback speed.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you set the playback speed to 4x or higher, not all frames will be displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark209"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark210"></a> Restricting or unrestricting video</p>
<p>11.6</p>
<p>M ►</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can restrict (or unrestrict) the recordings of connected cameras.</p>
<p>When restricted, an unauthorized user cannot display the recordings of these cameras.</p>
<p>For restricting and unrestricting you need the corresponding permission.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2869" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-80.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 80" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 388"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Unrestricting / unprotecting a selected time period can possibly unrestrict / unprotect the entire contiguous restricted / protected time period of this camera, even outside the selected time period.</p>
<p><strong>To open the Restrict / unrestrict time period dialog box from the logical tree:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the logical tree, right-click the respective camera.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Recordings</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Restrict / unrestrict</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Restrict / unrestrict time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, select the recording type (primary or secondary recording).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To open the Restrict / unrestrict time period dialog box using the hairline:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>From the tab, select the time period of one or more cameras on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
<li>Right-click this time period and click <strong>Restrict / unrestrict</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Restrict / unrestrict time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Restrict / unrestrict time period dialog:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, adjust the start and end time.</li>
<li>Select the cameras or deselect the cameras you do not need.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Restrict / unrestrict </strong>to restrict or unrestrict video.</li>
<li>To interrupt the process click <strong>Cancel </strong>or the X button.</li>
<li>When the process is finished, the action is displayed in the operation state column.</li>
<li>Click the X button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The action is displayed in the timeline.</p>
<p>In the timeline, restricted video is indicated with dark grey diagonal stripes:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.7</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark213"></a><strong>Protecting or unprotecting video</strong></p>
<p><strong>!*►</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can protect the images of the displayed cameras against being overwritten or deleted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2870" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-81.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 81" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 389"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2871" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-82.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 82" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 390"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2872" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-83.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 83" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 391"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot protect the data of a local storage device.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Unrestricting / unprotecting a selected time period can possibly unrestrict / unprotect the entire contiguous restricted / protected time period of this camera, even outside the selected time period.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>If you protect the alarm recording of a camera, the protected video data will never be deleted by the VRM automatically. Be aware that too many protected blocks can fill up the storage and the camera may stop recording. You have to manually unprotect the video data in the Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To open the Protect / unprotect time period dialog box from the logical tree:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the logical tree, right-click the respective camera.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Recording</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Protect / unprotect</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Protect / unprotect time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, select the recording type (primary or secondary recording).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To open the Protect / unprotect time period dialog box using the hairline:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>From the tab, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
<li>Right-click this time period and click <strong>Protect / unprotect</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Protect / unprotect time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Protect / unprotect time period dialog:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, adjust the start and end time.</li>
<li>Select the cameras or deselect the cameras you do not need.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Protect </strong>to protect video or <strong>Unprotect </strong>to unprotect video.</li>
<li>To interrupt the process click <strong>Cancel </strong>or the X button.</li>
<li>When the process is finished, the action is displayed in the operation state column.</li>
<li>Click the X button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The action is displayed in the timeline.</p>
<p>In the timeline, protected video is indicated with dark grey diagonal stripes: <strong>^$53</strong></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.8</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark216"></a><strong>Deleting video data</strong></p>
<p><strong>M ►</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can delete video data from the beginning of the recording to the position of the hairline.</p>
<p>The video data of all cameras available in the timeline is deleted.</p>
<p><strong>VRM recordings: </strong>Protected recordings are not deleted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2873" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-84.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 84" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 392"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2874" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-85.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 85" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 393"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot restore deleted video data.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot delete the data of a local storage device.</p>
<p><strong>To open the Delete time period dialog box from the logical tree:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the logical tree, right-click the respective camera.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Recordings</strong></li>
<li>Click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
<li>Confirm the warning message.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Delete time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, select the recording type (primary or secondary recording).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To open the Delete time period dialog box using the hairline:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="40" class="wp-image-2875" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-86.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 86" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 394"></p>
<ol>
<li>From the tab, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
<li>Right-click this time period and click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
<li>Confirm the warning message.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Delete time period </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Delete time period dialog:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If needed, adjust the start and end time.</li>
<li>Select the cameras or deselect the cameras you do not need.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
<li>To interrupt the process click <strong>Cancel </strong>or the X button.</li>
<li>When the process is finished, the action is displayed in the operation state column.</li>
<li>Click the X button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The action is displayed in the timeline.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to </strong><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark219"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark220"></a> 11.9 Verifying the authenticity of video data</p>
<p>©<br />
Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>You can verify the authenticity of the recordings of all cameras displayed in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>To authenticate:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Using the hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
<li>Right-click this time period and click <strong>Verify authenticity </strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Verify Authenticity </strong>dialog box with a progress bar is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>To interrupt the process click <strong>Cancel </strong>or the button.</li>
<li>When the authentication is finished, the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box is displayed and shows the result of the verification process.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.9.1</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark222"></a><strong>Authenticity verification result dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Verify authenticity&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Verify Authenticity </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verify </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog</p>
<p>box &gt; <strong>Verification Details </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Verify authenticity&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Verify</strong></p>
<p><strong>Authenticity </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verify </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verification Details </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>command &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verification Details </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks</strong></p>
<p>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Verification Details </strong>button &gt; <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Allows you to view the results of an authenticity verification of a selected time period of recorded video. You can save the results in a CSV file.</p>
<p><strong>Created on</strong></p>
<p>Displays the date when the authenticity verification was performed.</p>
<p><strong>By</strong></p>
<p>Displays the name of the user who started the authenticity verification.</p>
<p><strong>Time range</strong></p>
<p>Displays the time period to be verified that was selected by the user.</p>
<p><strong>Summary</strong></p>
<p>Displays the number of cameras which recordings have been verified, and the results.</p>
<p><strong>Details</strong></p>
<p>Click to display detailed information on the authenticity verification.</p>
<p><strong>Authentic</strong></p>
<p>Displays an authentic result. The icon is explained in the summary.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Camera</strong></p>
<p>Displays the camera that was verified.</p>
<p><strong>Date / Time</strong></p>
<p>Displays the authentic time period.</p>
<p><strong>More Information</strong></p>
<p>Displays detailed information on the certificate.</p>
<p><strong>CSV Export</strong></p>
<p>Displays a dialog box to enter path and filename for the authenticity verification report.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1042" height="728" class="wp-image-2876" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 87" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 395" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87.jpeg 1042w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87-300x210.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87-1024x715.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-87-768x537.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1042px) 100vw, 1042px" /></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark179"><em>Exporting video of bookmarks, page 66</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark225"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark226"></a> Exporting video data</p>
<p>11.10</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2877" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-88.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 88" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 396"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot export the data of a local storage device.</p>
<p>You can export video and audio data in native (BVMS Export Player),<a href="#post-2789-bookmark476"> MP4 </a>or in<a href="#post-2789-bookmark475"> MOV</a> format.</p>
<p>For each exported camera, a subfolder is created in the target folder. The data can be exported to: &#8211; a local drive</p>
<ul>
<li>a CD/DVD or Blu-Ray disk</li>
<li>a network drive</li>
<li>a USB drive</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Use a fast USB drive to avoid failures.</p>
<p>In an Enterprise System: you can select a remote Management Server to perform the export there. You can only export the recordings of the cameras that are managed by the selected Management Server.</p>
<p>Only one export at a time can run on a workstation.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>You need a permission for each camera you want to export.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2878" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-89.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 89" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 397"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Remote exports are only possible to a USB drive, CD, DVD or Blu-Ray disk.</p>
<p><strong>Export in native format</strong></p>
<p>The table describes the differences between an unencrypted and an encrypted export of video data in native format.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Criteria</strong></td>
<td><strong>Unencrypted export</strong></td>
<td><strong>Encrypted export</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Password protected</td>
<td>No</td>
<td>Yes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>File extension</td>
<td>.info</td>
<td>.encr</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>User cancels the export process</td>
<td>All video data of the current export is deleted.</td>
<td>All video data of the current export is deleted.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export was not successful</td>
<td>If multiple cameras are exported, all successful exports are saved. The unsuccessful export is deleted.</td>
<td>All video data of the current export is deleted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Export on multiple disks</strong></p>
<p>Encrypted exports and exports into a single ZIP file are not possible on multiple CDs/DVDs/ Blu-Ray disks. If the export fits on a single CD/DVD/Blu-Ray disk, encrypted export on a CD/ DVD/Blu-Ray disk is possible.</p>
<p>Recordings that were selected for export and exported to CD/DVD/Blu-Ray disks, are first written to the local hard drive and then written to one or more writeable disks.</p>
<p>Unencrypted export on multiple disks is only supported for native format. Exporting with MP4 or MOV format only works when it fits on one disk.</p>
<p>The first inserted disk determines the media type of all following disks.</p>
<p>If recordings were exported to multiple CD/DVD/Blu-Ray disks, and you must view all exported cameras in all exported time periods, copy the content of all disks to your hard drive. You can ignore all occurring overwrite warnings.</p>
<p>You can view the recordings exported to a single disk out of a group of disks that were created during an export.</p>
<p>If exporting video data on a CD/DVD/Blu-Ray disk was not successful or the user cancels the export, the already exported video data of this export process is retained.</p>
<p>When the verification of authenticity is enabled in Configuration Client, each export is automatically checked.</p>
<p><strong>Export of a panoramic camera</strong></p>
<p>When you export the recordings of a panoramic camera you always export the full image circle. If you export multiple cropped Image panes of the same panoramic camera, the full image circle of this camera is exported only once. This also applies for the export of non- panoramic cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark184"><em>Export video of bookmark dialog box, page 67</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark187"><em>Export video of multiple bookmarks dialog box, page 68</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark240"><em>Export Video dialog box, page 82</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark198"><em>Video Search Results window, page 73</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark222"><em>Authenticity verification result dialog box, page 77</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark228"></a> 11.10.1 Exporting a timeperiod</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To export a time period:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the tab.</li>
<li>Using the hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</li>
<li>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</li>
</ol>
<p>|T.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click .</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Export </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Make the appropriate settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you want to encrypt the exported files, type in a password and confirm this password.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The size of the recordings to be exported is estimated. Overlappings of recordings are substracted. If there is not enough free space, an error message is displayed.</p>
<p>The authenticity of the export is automatically verified.</p>
<p>The files are exported to the selected data medium.</p>
<ol>
<li>If available, click <strong>Verification Details </strong>to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>If an operator has no permission to see restricted video and exports a restricted time period:</li>
<li>The file exports with empty time ranges.</li>
<li>Multiple files are produced.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark230"></a> 11.10.2 Exporting a single search entry</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To export a single search entry:</strong></p>
<p>1. Perform a search for video data.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Click the</p>
<p>tab.</p>
<p>Click an entry in the search result list.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>Click the tab.</p>
<p>5.</p>
<p>6.</p>
<p>7.</p>
<p>8.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>The <strong>Export </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p>Make the appropriate settings.</p>
<p>If you want to encrypt the exported files, type in a password and confirm this password.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p>The authenticity of the export is automatically verified.</p>
<p>The entry is exported to the selected data medium.</p>
<p>If available, click <strong>Verification Details </strong>to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2879" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-90.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 90" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 398"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="46" class="wp-image-2880" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-91.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 91" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 399"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2881" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-92.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 92" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 400"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="51" class="wp-image-2882" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-93.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 93" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 401"><a id="post-2789-bookmark232"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark233"></a> Exporting intoasingle file</p>
<p>11.10.3</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can export video recordings into a single ZIP file.</p>
<p><strong>To export into a single file:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="46" class="wp-image-2883" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-94.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 94" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 402"></p>
<p>Click the tab.</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>5.</p>
<p>Using the hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline</a>.</p>
<p>To edit the values, click on the time label of the hairline.</p>
<p>Click to select <strong>Export as single ZIP file</strong>.</p>
<p>Make the appropriate settings.</p>
<p>If you want to encrypt the exported files, type in a password and confirm this password.</p>
<p>6.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</p>
<p>The size of the recordings to be exported is estimated. If free space is not enough, an error message is displayed.</p>
<p>The authenticity of the export is automatically verified.</p>
<p>The recordings are exported and the export is added to a single ZIP file.</p>
<p>7.</p>
<p>If available, click <strong>Verification Details </strong>to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot load a ZIP export file in Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark240"><em> Export Video dialog box, page 82</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="72" height="51" class="wp-image-2884" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-95.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 95" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 403"></p>
<p>11.10.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark235"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark236"></a> Providing a password for export</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Timeline </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2885" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-96.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 96" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 404"></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>command &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>You can provide a password for each native export that you perform using Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>To provide a password:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click to select <strong>Native format</strong>.</li>
<li>Click to select <strong>Encrypt Export</strong>.</li>
<li>Type in a password and confirm it.</li>
<li>Make the appropriate settings.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The encrypted export is performed.</p>
<p>When loading this export, the operator must type in the password.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark184"><em>Export video of bookmark dialog box, page 67</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark187"><em>Export video of multiple bookmarks dialog box, page 68</em></a></li>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark238"></a><a href="#post-2789-bookmark240"><em>Export Video dialog box, page 82</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark240"></a> Export Video dialog box</p>
<p>11.10.5</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2886" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-97.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 97" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 405"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2887" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-98.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 98" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 406"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2888" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-99.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 99" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 407"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2889" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-100.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 100" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 408"></p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>&gt; <strong>Timeline </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt;</p>
<p><strong>&#8211; Timeline </strong>window &gt; <strong>Export </strong>context menu or</p>
<p><strong>Export</strong></p>
<p><strong>video </strong>button</p>
<p><strong>Name</strong></p>
<p>If required, type a name for the exported file or keep the default name.</p>
<p><strong>Start:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the selected start time for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>End:</strong></p>
<p>Displays the selected end time for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>Native</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the BVMS Export Player format.</p>
<p>Select the <strong>Include Export Player </strong>dialog box, if you want to export the video together with the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Include Export Player</strong></p>
<p>When you export a video in native format, you can add the BVMS Export Player as a viewer. Click to select, if you want to include the BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Encrypt Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to select encryption for this export.</p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p>Type in a password for your encrypted export. Confirm this password in the <strong>Confirm password </strong>field.</p>
<p><strong>MOV (Fast and compatible with Media Player)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MOV format (compatible for example with QuickTime from Apple).</p>
<p><strong>MP4 (Most commonly used to store video and audio)</strong></p>
<p>Click to select the MP4 format (compatible for example with VLC media player or Windows Media Player).</p>
<p><strong>Include audio</strong></p>
<p>Click to select, if you want to include audio.</p>
<p><strong>Add timestamp as subtitle</strong></p>
<p>Select to add the timestamp as subtitle.</p>
<p><strong>Privacy overlay</strong></p>
<p>Select to add Privacy overlay to exported video for cameras that do not already have Privacy overlay enabled.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Native and remote export are not supported for cameras with Privacy overlay.</p>
<p><strong>Export as single ZIP file</strong></p>
<p>Select to store the exported files in a single ZIP file. You use the ZIP file format to store all exported files in a single file, compression of the data is not available.</p>
<p>On a FAT32 partition, the maximum file size of the ZIP file is 4 GB.</p>
<p><strong>Remote Export</strong></p>
<p>Click to enable remote export. You can select a Management Server of your Enterprise System. On this Management Server the export is performed.</p>
<p>Ensure that the desired storage media is available.</p>
<p><strong>Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Browse </strong>to select a hard disk partition for exporting.</p>
<p><strong>Split size</strong></p>
<p>Allows you to configure the split size of the exported video in order to adapt the splitted chunks to fit your storage media. This configuration is only available for non-native formats. <strong>Note: </strong>The value is an approximate value. The exported video is splitted in, for example, full frames or blocks. Because of that the size of the exported chunks does not correspond exactly to the same value that you configure.</p>
<p><strong>CD/DVD/Blu-Ray</strong></p>
<p>In the list, select a CD/DVD/Blu-Ray writer for exporting.</p>
<p>Not active when the <strong>Remote Export </strong>option is selected.</p>
<p><strong>Finalize Disk</strong></p>
<p>Click to select that the data medium is finalized after the successful burning process. After finalizing no further data can be burned on the data medium.</p>
<p><strong>Comment:</strong></p>
<p>Enter a comment for the export.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2890" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-101.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 101" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 409"></p>
<p>11.10.6</p>
<p>11.11</p>
<p><strong>Cancel</strong></p>
<p>Click to save the dialog settings until you start Operator Client the next time.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark235"><em>Providing a password for export, page 81</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark232"><em>Exporting into a single file, page 81</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p>Export dialogbox</p>
<p>m ►</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Export video&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog</p>
<p>box &gt; <strong>Export </strong>button &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box or or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; tab &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of multiple bookmarks </strong>command &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Export </strong>button &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Right-click a bookmark &gt; <strong>Export video of bookmark </strong>command &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Export </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Export </strong>button &gt; <strong>Export </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>Allows you to view information on the performed export and to display the results of the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark441">authenticity</a> verification that is automatically performed on every export.</p>
<p><strong>Verification Details</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Authenticity Verification Result </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p>This button is only available if authentication issues were found.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark232"><em>Exporting into a single file, page 81</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark243"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark244"></a> Loading exported video</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>You cannot load a ZIP export file in Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Export formats</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Block exports (info), created with the VRM eXport Wizard</li>
<li>Not encrypted Export files (*.info), created with the BVMS Operator Client</li>
<li>Encrypted Export files (*.encr) , created with the BVMS Operator Client</li>
<li>Export files (*.mp4), created with BVC</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Additional Information</strong></p>
<p>Video exports created with the VRM eXport Wizard are displayed as info file.</p>
<p>With the VRM eXport Wizard it is possible to export a large volume of data.</p>
<p>The VRM eXport Wizard is part of the BVMS release ZIP within the folder Bonus. For more information see the VRM eXport Wizard Software Manual.</p>
<p>You can load exported recordings for display. Before you can load an export which was exported into a single ZIP file, extract this ZIP file.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Unrestrict video&#8230; </strong>menu, click the <strong>Load exported video&#8230; </strong>command.</li>
</ol>
<p>The dialog box for opening export files is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the required file and click <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Encrypted export files have the .encr extension, not encrypted files have the .info extension, block exports are displayed as info file.</p>
<p>If you select a file with the .encr extension, type in the password for this export.</p>
<p>|T|</p>
<p>The loaded video is displayed in the window.</p>
<p>For playing the loaded video, expand the entry and drag a camera to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>If the camera has been exported on a computer where Operator Client was logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</p>
<p>The Export Tree entries are removed when you exit the Operator Client.</p>
<p>lLi</p>
<ol>
<li>For removing the exported video, right-click and click <strong>Unload Export</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark411"><em>Exports window, page 140</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark246"></a> 11.12 Enabling video content analysis (VCA)</p>
<p>Main window or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">alarm image window</a></p>
<p><strong>To enable:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>or alarm image pane with a camera assigned and click <strong>Enable Content Analysis</strong>.</p>
<p>The VCA overlays are displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To disable:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>or alarm image pane with a camera assigned and click <strong>Disable Content Analysis</strong>.</p>
<p>The VCA overlays disappear.</p>
<p>This setting is retained after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client, after closing the camera and displaying it again in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>, or after an alarm with the assigned camera is triggered again.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2891" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-102.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 102" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 410"><a id="post-2789-bookmark248"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark249"></a> 11.13 Performing a Forensic Search</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Select an image pane &gt;</p>
<p>Forensic Search allows you to search for specific properties in the video of the selected image pane. IVA-based Forensic Search is only available for VRM, local storage and</p>
<p>Bosch Video Client recordings.</p>
<p><strong>To perform a Forensic Search:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the Image pane where you want to find motion.</li>
<li>Using the Hairline, select the time period on the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Q*</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the &#8216; tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Include audio </strong>window is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Type </strong>list, select the appropriate entry.</li>
<li>Configure your Forensic Search.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search </strong>to start the Forensic Search.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>&lt;=y</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Selectthe tabtofindthematchingentries.</li>
<li>For playing the corresponding video, double-click the entry.</li>
</ol>
<p>The corresponding video is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To configure Motion+:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag an area to select the cells you want to check for motion.</li>
</ol>
<p>The selected area is displayed in transparent yellow.</p>
<ol>
<li>To clear a selected area, right-click the selected area and click <strong>Clear All </strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Configuring Intelligent Video Analytics</strong></p>
<p><strong>To add a new IVA task:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>New</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the appropriate task in the list, for example <strong>Object in field</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Configure your task.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To edit an existing IVA task:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the task you want to edit.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Edit</strong>.</li>
<li>Make the appropriate changes.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Forensic Search window</strong></p>
<p>Allows you to find video data with selecting a Forensic Search type, for example Motion+. You can search for motion only in the selected image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Presets</strong></p>
<p>Select an entry to load Forensic Search settings that you have saved.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The latest configured Forensic Search settings are always saved automatically. If you select the <strong>&lt;current configuration&gt; </strong>entry, the Forensic Search settings that have been active during the selected time range are loaded.</p>
<p><strong>Save</strong></p>
<p>Click to save your configured Forensic Search preset settings. You can enter a descriptive name.</p>
<p><strong>Type</strong></p>
<p>Select the required analysis type, for example:</p>
<ul>
<li>IntelligentVideoAnalytics</li>
<li>IntelligentVideoAnalyticsFlow</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>&#8211; Motion+</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you select one of these algorithms, you can set the corresponding parameters directly.</p>
<p><strong>Tasks</strong></p>
<p>Configure your Forensic Search. See the user documentation of the Intelligent Video Analytics version that you are using.</p>
<p><strong>Metadata Inspection</strong></p>
<p>See object properties of selected objects in the image pane and use these properties to refine your Forensic Search criteria in order to get better results.</p>
<p><strong>Search</strong></p>
<p>Click to start the Forensic Search.</p>
<p>For detailed information on video analysis, see the documentation for Video Content Analysis VCA.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.14</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark251"></a><strong>Forensic Search Results window</strong></p>
<p><strong>!&lt;►</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>Displays entries for video data containing motion for the camera displayed in the selected</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">Image pane</a>. You can select an entry for playback, protection, authenticity checking, archiving, or export.</p>
<p>Displays the recordings that match the search criteria.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark248"><em>Performing a Forensic Search, page 85</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark254"></a><strong>Finding logbook entries</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box (if required) &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a>, you can search for particular events, alarms, devices, and strings of events. You can save the search criteria as a filter. If you select another time zone, the date and time display of the Logbook search results is changed accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>To find Logbook entries:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark454"> Enterprise System</a>, select the desired<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a> for searching.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Filter </strong>list, select a pre-defined filter if available.</li>
</ol>
<p>A filter contains all the settings that you make in this dialog box.</p>
<p>You can save, load, and delete the selected filter. You can reset the settings of the selected filter.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Date and Time </strong>field, enter start date and time and end date and time for the search process.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Result Count </strong>list, limit the number of matching entries that result from the search.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to limit the search to specific events.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add/Edit </strong>to specify search criteria for text data.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Alarms </strong>field, select search criteria to limit the search to specific alarms.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to limit the search to specific devices.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Details </strong>field, type a search string. You can use * as a wildcard.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>User name </strong>field, type a user name to search for.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box with the matching entries is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark259"><em>Select Search Parameters dialog box, page 88</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark271"><em>Logbook Results: dialog box, page 91</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark268"><em>Search Conditions dialog box, page 90</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark265"><em>Device Selection dialog box, page 90</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark262"><em>Event Selection dialog box, page 90</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Finding logons to an unmanaged site</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box (if required) &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>You can find a logon event on a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark478">workstation </a>that is configured in another BVMS as an unmanaged site. If a user of Operator Client accesses this workstation using an unmanaged site, this event is logged as an <strong>Operator Logon </strong>event.</p>
<p><strong>To find a logon:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to limit the search to specific events.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Event Selection </strong>dialog box, expand <strong>Events and Alarms</strong>, expand <strong>System Devices</strong>, expand <strong>User Actions</strong>.</li>
<li>Click to select <strong>Operator Logon </strong>and <strong>Operator Logoff</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box with the matching entries is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Please select a Server</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>command</p>
<p>This dialog box only appears when you logged on as user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>.</p>
<p>Allows you to select a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a> where the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> search is performed.</p>
<p><strong>Management Server:</strong></p>
<p>Select the IP address of the desired Management Server.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.3</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark259"></a><strong>Select Search Parameters dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box (if required) or</p>
<p><strong>M </strong>&#8216;i&#8221;..</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; &#8221; &gt; <strong>Video by event search </strong>entry</p>
<p>Allows you to define and save search criteria for finding entries in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> logbook</a>. If you start this dialog box from within the playback mode via <strong>Tools </strong>menu, the time period selected in the <strong>Timeline </strong>window is copied into the <strong>Date and Time </strong>fields.</p>
<p>If you start this dialog box via <strong>Video by event search</strong>, the search for text data is not supported. If you start via the <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command, text search is supported. If you start this dialog box via <strong>Video by event search</strong>, the cameras of the current<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark463">window</a> are preselected for the search and the Management Server of the camera displayed in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is preselected. If no camera is displayed in the Image window, the first Management Server of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> logical tree </a>is preselected.</p>
<p>If you select another time zone, the date and time display of the logbook search results is changed accordingly.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Managing recorded videos | en <strong>89</strong></p>
<p><strong>Filter</strong></p>
<p>Select a filter name with predefined search criteria or type a name for a new filter.</p>
<p><strong>Delete</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove the entry selected in the <strong>Filter </strong>list.</p>
<p><strong>Load</strong></p>
<p>Click to load the search criteria of the selected filter name.</p>
<p><strong>Save</strong></p>
<p>Click to save the search criteria with the selected filter name.</p>
<p><strong>Reset</strong></p>
<p>Click to clear all search criteria of the selected filter name.</p>
<p><strong>Date and Time</strong></p>
<p>Type the date and time to define the period you want to search.</p>
<p><strong>Result Count</strong></p>
<p>Select an entry in the list to limit the number of matches that result from the search.</p>
<p><strong>Add</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Event Selection </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Remove</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove a selected event entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all event entries.</p>
<p><strong>Add/Edit</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Search Conditions </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Remove</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove the selected condition entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all condition entries.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm priority</strong></p>
<p>Select an alarm priority to search for.</p>
<p><strong>Alarm State</strong></p>
<p>Select an alarm state to search for.</p>
<p><strong>Record only</strong></p>
<p>Click to select for searching record-only alarms.</p>
<p><strong>Force workflow</strong></p>
<p>Click to select for searching force workflow alarms.</p>
<p><strong>Auto clear</strong></p>
<p>Click to select for searching auto-clear alarms.</p>
<p><strong>Add</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Device Selection </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Remove</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove a selected device entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all device entries.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Details</strong></p>
<p>Type a string to search for. Some important events contain strings to better find them. For example, a particular SystemErrorEvent has the string <strong>Server alarm queue capacity reached!</strong>. You can use * as a wildcard. For example, enter *triggered* to find the string An alarm was triggered by a network failure.*triggered or triggered* will not find this string.</p>
<p><strong>User name</strong></p>
<p>Type a user name to search for.</p>
<p><strong>Search</strong></p>
<p>Click to start the search. The <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Close</strong></p>
<p>Click to close the dialog box. No search is executed. If you did not save your search criteria with a filter name, they get lost.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark195"><em> Finding recorded video, page 72</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.4</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark262"></a><strong>Event Selection dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Add </strong>button</p>
<p>Allows you to add<a href="#post-2789-bookmark457"> event</a>s for filtering purposes.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark195"><em> Finding recorded video, page 72</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.5</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark265"></a><strong>Device Selection dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Add </strong>button</p>
<p>Allows you to select the appropriate devices for finding<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> entries and recorded videos.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark195"><em>Finding recorded video, page 72</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark254"><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark259"><em>Select Search Parameters dialog box, page 88</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.6</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark268"></a><strong>Search Conditions dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Add/Edit </strong>button</p>
<p>You can combine multiple values of different text data entries to find the desired<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> entry. For example, you combine a bank routing code with a date to find the respective Logbook entries.</p>
<p><strong>Add Condition</strong></p>
<p>Click to add a new entry in the <strong>Data Field Name </strong>column.</p>
<p>In the list of available data values, select the desired entry.</p>
<p>In the <strong>Comparative Value </strong>column, type in a search string.</p>
<p>Repeat these steps for further data values.</p>
<p><strong>Remove Condition</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove the selected entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all entries.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.15.7</strong></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark259"><em>Select Search Parameters dialog box, page 88</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark254"><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark271"></a><strong>Logbook Results: dialog box</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box &gt; <strong>Search </strong>button</p>
<p>Displays the results of a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> search. If you select another time zone, the date and time display of the Logbook search results is changed accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Back to filter</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Save results</strong></p>
<p>Click to display a dialog box for saving a text file with Logbook entries as CSV file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>\ î 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When you open such an exported CSV file in Microsoft Excel, it can happen that time related cells do not display seconds.</p>
<p>To change this behavior, change the formatting of these cells from m/d/yyyy h:mm to m/d/ yyyy h:mm:ss</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.16</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark274"></a><strong>Displaying text data</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Right-click an Image pane &gt; <strong>Text Data Show Bottom </strong>or <strong>Text Data</strong></p>
<p><strong>Show Right</strong></p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; Right-click an Image pane &gt; <strong>Text Data Show Bottom </strong>or <strong>Text Data Show Right</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>( Î1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>The system administrator must configure the recording of text data in Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>You can display recorded text data in the text data pane.</p>
<p>The text values are displayed in the left column, the names of the text fields are displayed in the right column.</p>
<p><strong>To find recordings with text data:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="50" class="wp-image-2892" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-103.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 103" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 411"> Select a time period.</li>
<li>Click</li>
<li>Select <strong>Please select a Server</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter or select the required search criteria.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To display text data:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</p>
<p>2.</td>
<td>Move the hairline to a time position when an event with text data has been recorded.</p>
<p>In the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">Timeline</a>, start the playback.</p>
<p>The text data is displayed in the text data pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The following screenshot shows an example:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="855" height="643" class="wp-image-2893" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-104.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 104" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 412" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-104.jpeg 855w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-104-300x226.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-104-768x578.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /></p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark195"><em> Finding recorded video, page 72</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark276"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark277"></a> 11.17 Searching for text data</p>
<p><em>.9.</em> CL</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; &gt; Click <em>*</em> &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>entry &gt; <strong>Search for</strong></p>
<p><strong>Text Data </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>The operator can search for text data to find the corresponding recordings. The text data must be stored in the Logbook.</p>
<p>Text data is delivered by systems like foyer card readers, automatic teller machines, virtual inputs, LPR devices and Person Identification devices. Text data contains textual transaction data like account numbers, bank routing codes, person names or license plate countries.</p>
<p>Text data of a device is recorded together with the corresponding video data.</p>
<p><strong>Limitations</strong></p>
<p>For searching recordings with text data, the text data must be configured to be stored in the Logbook.</p>
<p>The encoder for which you configure the recording text data function, must have firmware version 5.92 or later.</p>
<p>The text data of maximum 32 different devices can be recorded synchronously for one camera. Maximum 3000 bytes of text data can be stored on an encoder per event.</p>
<p>If you see problems with Logbook searches, display of additional data, or CSV exports of Logbook search results, the reason can be that the additional text data contains non-printable characters, for example x00-x1F.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Search for Text Data dialog box</strong></p>
<p>You can find text data in recordings. You can refine your search by adding specific text data with a specific value.</p>
<p>Entries in the <strong>Data Field Name </strong>field and the <strong>Comparative Value </strong>field are retained after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Sources</strong></p>
<p>In the list, click to select the desired cameras for searching.</p>
<p><strong>Date and Time</strong></p>
<p>Displays the period in which you want to search.</p>
<p><strong>Search Conditions</strong></p>
<p>Add a search condition to refine your search.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.18</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark279"></a><strong>Searching for text data in logbook entries</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Tools </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Find in logbook&#8230; </strong>command &gt; <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box (if required) &gt; <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>dialog box</p>
<p><strong>Person Identification use case</strong></p>
<p>It is possible to search for a specific person in all Person Identification events and alarms in order to find past recordings of the specific identified person.</p>
<p>You can search for the following text data in logbook entries in order to find a specific person: &#8211; Person name</p>
<ul>
<li>Person group</li>
<li>Person ID</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To search for text data in logbook entries:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Text Data </strong>field click <strong>Add/Edit </strong>to limit the search to specific text data.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Condition</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the appropriate <strong>Data Field Name</strong>.</li>
<li>Type the <strong>Comparative Value</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box with the matching entries is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark254"><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark282"><em>Erasing text data from logbook entries, page 93</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11.19</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark282"></a><strong>Erasing text data from logbook entries</strong></p>
<p><strong>Tools </strong>&gt; <strong>Erase text data from logbook&#8230;</strong></p>
<p>In order to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark456"> erase </a>personal-related data if requested, you can erase text data from logbook entries.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>It is only possible to erase all personal-related text data from a logbook entry at once.</p>
<p><strong>To erase text data from logbook entries:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Erase text data from logbook </strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Select search parameters for erasing text data </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add/Edit </strong>to specify search criteria for text data.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Data Field Name </strong>column, select the appropriate entry.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Comparative Value </strong>column, type a search string. You can use * as a wildcard.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Date and Time </strong>field, enter start date and time and end date and time for the search process.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Result Count </strong>list, limit the number of matching entries that result from the search. 8. Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <strong>Logbook entries for erasing text data </strong>dialog box with the matching entries is displayed.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the appropriate logbook entries.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can select multiple entries by pressing the CTRL- or the SHIFT-key.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Erase text data from selected entries</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The text data of the selected entries is erased.</p>
<p><strong>Select search parameters for erasing text data dialog box</strong></p>
<p><strong>Add/Edit</strong></p>
<p>Click to display the <strong>Search Conditions </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>Remove</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove the selected condition entry.</p>
<p><strong>Remove All</strong></p>
<p>Click to remove all condition entries.</p>
<p><strong>Search</strong></p>
<p>Click to start the search. The <strong>Logbook entries for erasing text data </strong>dialog box is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark254"><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark279"><em>Searching for text data in logbook entries, page 93</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark285"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark286"></a> 11.20 Displaying video via low bandwidth</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can play back the recordings of a camera or view live images of a camera with Operator Client even if you have a low bandwidth network connection between BVMS and your Operator Client computer.</p>
<p>Transcoders do not support intelligent tracking,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI</a>,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark466"> Intelligent Video Analytics </a>overlays, and text data.</p>
<p>For using low bandwidth networks, 2 options are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Hardware transcoding</li>
<li>Software transcoding (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Hardware transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For hardware transcoding the VRM must be equipped with at least one transcoding device. This transcoding device is not configured in BVMS. See the VRM documentation on how to configure a transcoding device. Transcoding devices can have multiple transcoding instances. DIVAR IP 3000 and DIVAR IP 7000 are delivered each with one preconfigured transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Each live stream or recording needs an own transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Hardware transcoding is possible only for Video IP devices from Bosch connected to a VRM. Both camera and transcoding device must be managed by the same VRM.</p>
<p><strong>Software transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For software transcoding you need a Mobile Video Service configured on your Management Server or your Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p>In an Enterprise System only the MVS services are used that are configured in the Enterprise Management Server configuration.</p>
<p>To select the preferred transcoding device, use the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p><strong>To enable transcoding:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click to enable <strong>Transcoding</strong>.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; This camera shows transcoded video.</p>
<p>I</p>
<p><strong>«;:.</strong></p>
<p><sup>J</sup> icon for hardware transcoding or the icon for software transcoding is displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying untranscoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p>If a transcoding request cannot be fulfilled, the related Image pane turns black.</p>
<p><strong>To disable transcoding in Live Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then select another stream.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>■=&gt; This camera shows untranscoded video.</p>
<p>The transcoding icon is not displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying transcoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>To disable transcoding in Playback Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the Logical Tree, right-click the desired camera, point to <strong>Preferred stream</strong>, and then click to disable <strong>Transcoding</strong>.</li>
<li>Display the camera in an Image pane.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>=&gt; This camera shows untranscoded video.</li>
</ul>
<p>The transcoding icon is not displayed.</p>
<p>If the affected camera is already displayed in an Image pane, it continues displaying transcoded video until you close this Image pane.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2894" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-105.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 105" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 413"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>11.21</p>
<p>You can also enable or disable transcoding in an Image pane directly:</p>
<p>Right-click the item, point to <strong>Select stream</strong>, and then click the desired menu command.</p>
<p>This setting only affects the selected Image pane.</p>
<p>This command does not affect the setting for the preferred stream in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark385"><em>Options dialog box, page 134</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark288"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark289"></a> Switching the recording source</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>If configured, you can change the recording source.</p>
<p>An icon for changing the recording source displays the current status.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2895" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-106.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 106" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 414"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2896" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-107.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 107" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 415"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2897" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-108.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 108" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 416"></p>
<p>Example:</p>
<p>11.22</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Right-click</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Connect to Site</strong>.</p>
<p>As long as the device is connecting,</p>
<p>is displayed.</p>
<p>After the connection is successfully established,</p>
<p>is displayed.</p>
<p>indicates that Secondary VRM recording is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To switch:</strong></p>
<p>Click an icon for changing the recording source, for example</p>
<p>The icon changes for example to</p>
<p>The Timeline displays the recording of the selected source.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark380"><em>Icons used, page 127</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark201"><em>Playing recorded videos, page 73</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark117"><em>Starting instant playback, page 46</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark292"></a> Connecting to an unmanaged site</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can connect to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark492"> unmanaged site</a>. All available devices of all video network devices of this site are then displayed in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>. As soon as you log off or exit Operator Client, this connection is terminated.</p>
<p><strong>To connect:</strong></p>
<p>All available devices of this site are displayed in the Logical Tree.</p>
<p>If not all devices belonging to this site can be connected, is displayed. You can later</p>
<p>try to connect the remaining devices that were not connected now.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2898" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-109.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 109" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 417"></p>
<p><strong>Tip: </strong>You can also double-click</p>
<p>to connect.</p>
<p><strong>To connect remaining devices:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="37" height="34" class="wp-image-2899" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-110.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 110" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 418"></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Right-click</p>
<p>2. Click <strong>Retry Connection</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="51" class="wp-image-2900" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-111.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 111" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 419"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="37" class="wp-image-2901" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-112.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 112" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 420"><strong>To disconnect a single site:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="50" class="wp-image-2902" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-113.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 113" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 421"> Click <strong>Disconnect from Site</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The icon changes:</p>
<p>All<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes </a>with devices belonging to this site are automatically closed.</p>
<p><strong>To disconnect all sites:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2903" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-114.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 114" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 422"></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p>All sites are disconnected. Partially connected sites are not disconnected.</p>
<p>All Image panes with devices belonging to this site are automatically closed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark26"><em> Unmanaged site, page 18</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark297"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark298"></a> Handling events and alarms</p>
<p>12</p>
<p>This chapter provides information on how to handle alarms.</p>
<p>Some of the features described in this chapter can be deactivated for your user group.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>A site map displayed in an alarm image pane is optimized for display and contains only the initial view of the original map file.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark318"><em> Managing Person Identification alarms, page 104</em></a></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark329"><em> Controlling access control functions, page 108</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2904" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-115.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 115" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 423"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2905" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-116.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 116" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 424"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2906" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-117.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 117" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 425"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2907" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-118.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 118" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 426"></p>
<p>12.1</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark295"></a> Accepting an alarm</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>&gt;</p>
<p>You can accept a single alarm or multiple alarms for clearing or starting a workflow. <strong>To accept an alarm:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>Select the desired alarm entry and click</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>For returning to the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="68" height="68" class="wp-image-2908" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-119.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 119" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 427"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2909" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-120.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 120" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 428"></p>
<p>When an alarm is accepted, several things happen simultaneously:</p>
<p>&#8211; The alarm is removed from alarm lists of all other users.</p>
<p>&#8211; If not already displayed, an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark435"> alarm image window</a> replaces the Live Image window on the monitor that has been enabled for alarms.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2910" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-121.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 121" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 429"> &#8211; The alarm content (live video,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a> video, or site maps) is shown in a row of alarm image panes in the alarm image window.</p>
<p>is enabled.</p>
<p>If there is a workflow associated with the alarm, the workflow button</p>
<p>You can now clear the alarm or start a workflow. If the alarm has been configured to &#8220;force workflow&#8221;, then you must complete the workflow before you can clear the alarm.</p>
<p><strong>To display an alarm camera on a monitor:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag the camera image from its alarm image pane to a monitor group.</p>
<p><strong>To accept all alarms on a map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a map containing a camera<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spot </a>in an Image pane.</li>
<li>Right-click a camera located on a map, and click <strong>Accept all alarms of this device</strong>. All alarms of this device are accepted. The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark436"> alarm list</a> displays the accepted alarms accordingly.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="48" class="wp-image-2911" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-122.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 122" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 430" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-122.jpeg 499w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-122-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></p>
<p>12.2</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab &gt; Select the desired alarm &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark300"></a> Adding comments to an alarm</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="48" class="wp-image-2912" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-123.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 123" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 431" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-123.jpeg 499w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-123-300x29.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="67" class="wp-image-2913" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-124.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 124" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 432"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="71" height="67" class="wp-image-2914" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-125.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 125" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 433"></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab &gt; Select the desired alarm &gt;</p>
<p>You can only comment an alarm after you have accepted it.</p>
<p><strong>To add a comment to an alarm:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p>The Workflow dialog box is displayed for entering a comment and displaying the action plan for this alarm. If no action plan is assigned to the alarm, the dialog box only displays the <strong>Comment: </strong>field.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Comment: </strong>field, type your comment.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Close</strong>.</li>
<li>Clear the alarm.</li>
</ol>
<p>The comment is added as a separate entry in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark470"> Logbook</a> and added to the alarm entry in the Logbook.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark302"></a> 12.3 Clearing an alarm</p>
<p>s«</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><sub>M d</sub> &#8211;</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p><strong>To clear an alarm:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Select the desired alarm entries and click</p>
<p>If the alarm has the Comment or Force Workflow attribute, you cannot clear the alarm directly. In these cases you must first display the action plan and enter a comment. The alarm is cleared and removed from your Alarm List.</p>
<p>If no other alarms are currently being displayed, the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window</a> is closed and the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To clear all alarms on a map:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Display a map containing a camera<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spot</a> in an Image pane.</li>
<li>Right-click a camera located on a map, and click <strong>Clear all alarms of this device</strong>. All alarms of this device are cleared. The <a href="#post-2789-bookmark436">Alarm List </a>displays the cleared alarms accordingly.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p>12.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark304"></a> Customizing the Alarm List window</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>12.5</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To sort the table:</strong></p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Click a column heading.</p>
<p>The arrow in the column heading indicates whether the table is sorted in ascending or descending order.</p>
<p>To change the sorting order, click the column heading again.</p>
<p><strong>To add or remove columns:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click the column heading and click a marked entry to remove the corresponding column or click an unmarked entry to add the corresponding column.</p>
<p><strong>To change the sequence of columns:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Drag a column title and move it to the required position.</p>
<p><strong>To change the column width:</strong></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>Point to the right border of the column heading. The pointer becomes a double-headed arrow *t*. Drag the column border to the left or the right.</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>To quickly make the column wide enough to show all of its contents, double-click the right border of the column heading.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark306"></a> Displaying the Live Image window</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Alarm Image window</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Alarm Image window</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2915" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-126.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 126" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 434"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2916" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-127.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 127" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 435"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2917" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-128.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 128" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 436"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2918" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-129.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 129" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 437"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2919" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-130.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 130" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 438"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2920" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-131.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 131" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 439"></p>
<p>You can switch to the Live or Playback<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> when the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window</a> is displayed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2921" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-132.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 132" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 440"><strong>To display the Image window: 4 </strong>In an Alarm Image window, click</p>
<p>. The Image window is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To start/stop loop playback:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click &#8216; — &#8216;.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark310"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark311"></a> Switching alarm displays of alarm image window</p>
<p>12.6</p>
<p>In the alarm image window you can switch the alarm display. The following displays are available:</p>
<p>Multi-row alarm display</p>
<p>Single view alarm display</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2922" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-133.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 133" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 441"><strong>To switch to multi-row alarm display:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2923" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-134.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 134" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 442"><strong>To switch to single view alarm display:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Click</p>
<p><strong>To switch between the two alarm displays:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Double-click somewhere in the alarm image window or</p>
<p>double-click on a specific alarm image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>If you are in multi-row alarm display and double-click somewhere in the alarm image window, the first image pane in the alarm image pane row will switch to the main image pane in single view alarm display. If you double-click on a specific alarm image pane in the alarm image window, this specific alarm image pane will switch to the main image pane in single view alarm display.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark372"><em>Alarm display, page 123</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2924" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-135.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 135" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 443"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2925" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-136.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 136" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 444"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2926" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-137.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 137" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 445"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2927" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-138.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 138" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 446"></p>
<p>12.7</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark308"></a> Starting a workflow</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p><strong>To start a workflow:</strong></p>
<p>tab</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2928" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-139.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 139" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 447"></p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>Select the required alarm entry and click</p>
<p>If this alarm has been configured to force a workflow, the action plan is displayed (if configured for this alarm). Additionally you can enter a comment if this is configured. Perform the required actions.</p>
<p>Clear the alarm.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></p>
<p>12.8</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark313"></a> Un-accepting an alarm</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2929" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-140.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 140" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 448"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2930" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-141.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 141" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 449"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-2931" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-142.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 142" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 450"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2932" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-143.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 143" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 451"></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>When you recall the acceptance of an alarm, it returns to Active state in your Alarm List, and it reappears in the Alarm Lists of all users that originally received the alarm.</p>
<p><strong>To &#8220;un-accept&#8221; an alarm:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Select the accepted alarm entry and click .</p>
<p>The alarm is displayed as active again.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>12.9</strong></td>
<td><strong>Triggering a user event</strong></p>
<p>&#8230;. <sup>s</sup>&#8221; , , Ej</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; Click</p>
<p>You can trigger a user<a href="#post-2789-bookmark457"> event</a> for a selected Management Server of an Enterprise System that has been configured in Configuration Client.</p>
<p>s</p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click the desired and click the desired user event command.</p>
<p>■=&gt; The event is triggered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>12.10</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark316"></a><strong>Alarm List window</strong></p>
<p>Click to accept an alarm.</p>
<p>The alarm is removed from all Alarm Lists and alarm video displays of the other operators.</p>
<p><sup>&lt;</sup>E&gt;</p>
<p>Click to display a dialog box displaying an action plan. If configured, you can enter a comment.</p>
<p><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>Click to clear an alarm.</p>
<p>You cannot clear an alarm that has the comment or force workflow attribute before you have displayed the action plan and entered a comment. If the alarm is configured as an auto-clear alarm, the alarm is removed from the Alarm List after the auto-clear time (configured in the Configuration Client).</p>
<p>Click to revoke the acceptance of an alarm.</p>
<p><strong>*,M</strong></p>
<p>Click to turn alarm audio on / off.</p>
<p>The latest incoming alarm triggers an alarm sound.</p>
<p><em>&amp;</em></p>
<p>Click to display the Alarm List.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark31"><em>Alarm handling, page 22</em></a></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2933" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-144.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 144" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 452"></p>
<p>13</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark318"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark319"></a> Managing Person Identification alarms</p>
<p>When you accept a Person Identification alarm, information about the identified person is displayed in the image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Person Identification information</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Person group</td>
<td>Person group is the group that a person is assigned to.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Person image(s)</td>
<td>The default image and all available images from the Person Identification device are displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Person name</td>
<td>The person name is the name of the identified person.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Confidence factor</td>
<td>The confidence factor is a measure of the degree of correctness a person is identified by the system in percentage (0 is no correctness, 100 is full correctness).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark297"><em> Handling events and alarms, page 98</em></a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark321"></a> Managing persons for a Person Identification alarm</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Tools </strong>&gt; <strong>Manage persons&#8230; </strong>&gt; <strong>Manage persons </strong>dialog box</p>
<p>The <strong>Manage persons </strong>dialog box allows you to add persons, assign person groups, add images to existing persons and export persons.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Person Identification only supports JPEG files.</p>
<p><strong>To add/import a person:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Select a person.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click to add an image of a person.</p>
<p>Or</p>
<p>drag an image of a person from your file explorer to a person group or the <strong>All </strong>tab.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>^</td>
<td>This image is assigned as the default image of the person.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To add images to an existing person:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Select a person.</p>
<p>The default image and all available images of the person are displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click in the images window to add more images to the person.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To assign a new default image:</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</td>
<td>Move the mouse over the appropriate image.</p>
<p>The <strong>Set as default </strong>command is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2.</td>
<td>Click the <strong>Set as default </strong>command.</p>
<p>The image is assigned as default image.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>To assign a person group to a person:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a person.</li>
</ol>
<p>For every new person the <strong>Default person group </strong>value is already selected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click in the <strong>Default person group </strong>field.</li>
<li>Select the appropriate person group you want to assign to the person.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To export persons:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a person.</li>
</ol>
<p>|T|</p>
<ol>
<li>Click to export the person to the file explorer.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2934" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-145.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 145" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 453"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>! T !</p>
<p>is disabled, if the <strong>All </strong>tab is selected. Select the <strong>Default person group </strong>tab or any other available person group tab to export persons.</p>
<p><strong>To delete a person:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="50" class="wp-image-2935" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-146.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 146" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 454"> Select a person.</li>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To delete multiple persons:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a person</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="50" class="wp-image-2936" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-147.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 147" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 455"> Press the CTRL-key and select multiple persons.</li>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To delete single person images:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="50" class="wp-image-2937" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-148.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 148" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 456"> Select the appropriate image.</li>
<li>Click</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you delete the default image, the next image is automatically assigned as the default image.</p>
<p><strong>To search for person names:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the search field, type the name of the person that you search.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>As soon as you start typing, the results will already be filtered and displayed.</p>
<p>You can immediately start searching for names even if the Operator Client is still importing the person list and the corresponding person images.</p>
<ol>
<li>To discard your search, click or press the esc key.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>14</strong></td>
<td><strong>Controlling intrusion panel functions</strong></p>
<p>You can control several intrusion panel functions from within the Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Switching off alarm sirens</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can switch off alarm sirens of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark468"> intrusion panel</a><a href="#post-2789-bookmark440"> area</a> if you have the corresponding permission.</p>
<p><strong>To switch off an alarm siren:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>or in a map, right-click the desired area ’ and click <strong>Silence Bells</strong>. The alarm siren is silent.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operating doors</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can control the following<a href="#post-2789-bookmark468"> intrusion panel </a>states of a door from within Operator Client: &#8211; Secure a door.</p>
<ul>
<li>Unsecure a door. The state changes to locked.</li>
<li>Lock a door.</li>
<li>Unlock a door. You can lock or secure an unlocked door.</li>
<li>Cycle a door.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system administrator can limit the permission for each of these functions to specific user groups.</p>
<p>To lock a door means that a cardholder can open the door using the card.</p>
<p>To unlock a door, means that the door is open for anybody.</p>
<p>To secure a door means that nobody can open the door, even not the cardholders.</p>
<p>To cycle a door means to unlock a locked door for a few seconds, then lock it again.</p>
<p><strong>To operate:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click a door in the Logical Tree or in a map and click the required command.</p>
<p>The following commands are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Lock </strong>/ <strong>Unlock</strong></li>
<li><strong>Secure </strong>/ <strong>Unsecure</strong></li>
<li><strong>Cycle</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The context menus for operating a door are not available when the state of this door is unknown.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark380"><em>Icons used, page 127</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14.3</strong></td>
<td><strong>Bypassing a point</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can change the state of a point to the <strong>Bypassed </strong>state within Operator Client.</p>
<p>The system administrator can limit the permission for this function to specific user groups.</p>
<p>When you unbypass a point, you change its state back to normal.</p>
<p>To<a href="#post-2789-bookmark443"> bypass </a>a point means that this point cannot send any alarm. To unbypass a point means that this point can send alarms. Pending alarms are also sent if available.</p>
<p><strong>To bypass or unbypass:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click a point in the Logical Tree or in a map and click the required command.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>Controlling intrusion panel functions | en <strong>107</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14.3.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Note: </strong>The context menus for bypassing and unbypassing are not available when the state of the device is unknown.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark380"><em> Icons used, page 127</em></a></p>
<p><strong>Arming an area</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Main window</p>
<p>You can control the following<a href="#post-2789-bookmark468"> intrusion panel </a>states of an area from within Operator Client:</p>
<ul>
<li>Arm an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark440"> area</a>.</li>
<li>Disarm an area.</li>
<li>Force the arming of an area that is not ready for arming.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system administrator can limit the permission for each of these functions to specific user groups.</p>
<p><strong>To arm an area:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a>, right-click the desired disarmed area ( * ) and click <strong>Arm</strong>. The icon</p>
<p><strong>F*</strong></p>
<p>for an armed area ( * ) is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To disarm an area:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>or in a map, right-click the desired armed area ( * ) and click</p>
<p><strong>Disarm</strong>. The icon for an disarmed area ( * ) is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>To force the arming of an area:</strong></p>
<p><strong>H</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>In the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>or in a map, right-click the desired disarmed area ( ■ ” ) and click</p>
<p><strong>S3</strong></p>
<p><strong>Force Arm</strong>. The icon for an armed area ( ■<sup>L</sup> ’ ) is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The context menus for arming and disarming are not available when the state of the device is unknown.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2938" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-149.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 149" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 457"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2939" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-150.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 150" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 458"></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>15</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark329"></a><strong>Controlling access control functions</strong></p>
<p>You can control several access control functions from within the Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark297"><em> Handling events and alarms, page 98</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>15.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Granting and denying access</strong></p>
<p>Main window</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Only <strong>Access requested </strong>alarms with high priority will automatically pop-up in the image window.</p>
<p><strong>To grant or deny access:</strong></p>
<p>Click to accept the <strong>Access requested </strong>alarm.</p>
<p>An alarm-timer is now running, that shows how much time is left.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>4 </strong>Click</td>
<td>— to grant access.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Or</p>
<p>fiflK</p>
<p>click —■ to deny access.</p>
<p><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Once the timer has run out, the system will automatically deny access for this specific request.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>15.2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Operating doors</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>You can control the following access control door states from within the Operator Client: &#8211; Secure a door.</p>
<ul>
<li>Lock a door.</li>
<li>Unlock a door.</li>
</ul>
<p>The system administrator can limit the permission of these functions to specific user groups. To secure a door means that an authorized person can open the door using, for example, a card.</p>
<p>To lock a door means that nobody can open the door, even not authorized persons.</p>
<p>To unlock a door means that the door is open for anybody. You can lock or secure an unlocked door.</p>
<p><strong>To operate:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Right-click a door in the Logical Tree or in a map and click the required command.</p>
<p>The following commands are available:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Lock door / Unlock door</strong></li>
<li><strong>Secure door</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The context menus for operating a door are not available when the state of this door is unknown.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>16</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using a CCTV keyboard</strong></p>
<p>This chapter describes how to use BVMS Operator Client with a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard or a KBD Universal XF keyboard.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using KBD Universal XF keyboard</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2940" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-151.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 151" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 459"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>16.1.1</p>
<p>Refer to the Instructions Manual delivered with your KBD-Universal XF keyboard available on the online product catalog.</p>
<p>You can use the KBD-Universal XF keyboard as a USB keyboard for BVMS.</p>
<p>Attach the keyboard template for BVMS to the keyboard before use.</p>
<p>You can configure the keyboard for use by a left-handed operator. Refer to the Instructions Manual delivered with the KBD Universal XF keyboard.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark335"></a> KBD Universal XF keyboard user interface</p>
<p>The following table lists the icons on the keyboard template and their respective function.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I®</td>
<td></td>
<td>Trigger a user event, only available with single Management Server</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>!■&lt;</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Audio on / off</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the function is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>•</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Start /stop alarm recording</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ta</td>
<td></td>
<td>Toggle between Live Mode and Playback Mode Blinking indicates that the function is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>J</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Toggle selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>between Live Mode and instant playback. Blinking indicates that the function is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Load a sequence. Enter a valid sequence number and confirm with <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Use the playback buttons for controlling the sequence.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the input of a number is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>EE</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Reduce number of Image panes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Increase number of Image panes</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Ld</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Full-screen on / off</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>jsf</em></td>
<td></td>
<td>Maximize / restore selected Image pane</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ESC</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Breaks the entering of a number.</p>
<p>Press twice to close selected Image pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>OK</strong></td>
<td>Confirm a number entry.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>PTZ mode on/off.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the function is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>Select a PTZ position. Enter a valid number of a preset and confirm with <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the input of a number is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>Focus far</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>$</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Focus near</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>!</strong></td>
<td><em>&lt;¡£9</em></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Iris closed</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Ö</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Iris open</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>I</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Analog monitor mode on /off. Enter a valid monitor number, press <strong>OK</strong>, enter a valid camera number and press <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the input of a number is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>y</td>
<td></td>
<td>Set the default Management Server, only available when you log on to Operator Client as a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>. Enter a valid server number and confirm with <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>Blinking indicates that the input of a number is required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>◄◄</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Fast backward (stepwise)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>◄</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Play backward</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>II</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Pause</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>►</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Play</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>►&gt;</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Fast forward (stepwise)</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>When a button is not illuminated, it does not have any function. All illuminated buttons have a function.</p>
<p>When a button is blinking, its function is active, for example Playback button is blinking means that the Playback Mode is active. Press the button to toggle to the other state, for example pressing the blinking Playback button switches to Live Mode.</p>
<p>Enter a number and confirm with OK to display the respective camera in the selected Image pane.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark338"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark339"></a> 16.2 Bosch IntuiKey keyboard user interface</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2941" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-152.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 152" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 460"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Every input on the keyboard is cleared after some seconds if no further input is made.</p>
<p>This chapter describes the user interface of the Bosch IntuiKey keyboard.</p>
<p>The following illustration shows the various interface elements of the keyboard:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="573" height="447" class="wp-image-2942" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-153.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 153" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 461" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-153.jpeg 573w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-153-300x234.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 573px) 100vw, 573px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Softkeys and softkey display</td>
<td>Allow you to use a fixed set of commands or to control the Logical Tree. The commands displayed in the softkey display change depending on the operation mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Status display</td>
<td>Changes dynamically and displays information on the current operation mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Function keys</td>
<td>Allow you to control certain functions directly. Prod: Starts a scan process to find the connected workstation. If scanning is successful: In the softkey display, Terminal and Keyboard Control menus are displayed. For selecting BVMS, press the Terminal softkey.</p>
<p>Mon: Allows you to enter a monitor number (digital or analog monitor).</p>
<p>Clr: Clears any numeric entry or has a Back­function.</p>
<p>■■<sup>4</sup>-&#8220;<sup>&lt;</sup>-’: Currently not supported.</p>
<p>Shot: Allows you to select a camera pre-position or to leave Selection mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Numeric keypad with ENTER key</td>
<td>Allows you to enter logical numbers. The number is displayed in the status display.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Monitor</td>
<td>Displays the selected analog monitor or Image pane number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Camera</td>
<td>Displays the selected camera number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Server</td>
<td>Displays the server number of the Management Server where the currently selected camera is configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Default Server</td>
<td>Displays the server number of the Management Server of an Enterprise System that the keyboard uses as default server. The Logical Tree of this server is displayed in the Tree Mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td><a href="#post-2789-bookmark482">PTZ </a>/ JOGSHUTTLE</td>
<td>Displays the current operation mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>D1</td>
<td>Displays the selected computer monitor number.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>A0</td>
<td>Displays the selected analog monitor number.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="371" class="wp-image-2943" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-154.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 154" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 462" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-154.jpeg 545w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-154-300x204.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /><a id="post-2789-bookmark341"></a> Using a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard connected to a workstation</p>
<p>16.2.1</p>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th></th>
<th></th>
<th>Unless preceded by pressing the Mon or Shot key, a numeric entry is interpreted as a logical camera number. The camera with the entered number is displayed in an Image pane or an analog monitor.</th>
</tr>
</thead>
</table>
<p>Status display</p>
<p>The status display changes dynamically to display information about the keyboard’s present mode of operation.</p>
<p>The following illustration shows the various elements of the status display:</p>
<p>16.3</p>
<p>A keyboard connected to a BVMS workstation offers a wide variety of features. Both the analog and the digital mode are available.</p>
<p>If the keyboard is connected to a decoder, the feature set is reduced. Only the analog mode is available.</p>
<p>When connected to a workstation that is using an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark454"> Enterprise System</a>, you must first select the desired<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a> and then the camera configured on this Management Server.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark338"><em> Bosch IntuiKey keyboard user interface, page 111</em></a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark344"></a> Starting the IntuiKey keyboard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The keyboard must be connected to a COM port of a workstation.</p>
<ol>
<li>Start the Operator Client on the workstation.</li>
<li>Press the Prod button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The keyboard scans for connected devices.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the Terminal softkey.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Selection Mode is displayed.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark346"></a> 16.3.2 Entering operation modes</p>
<p>You can use the keyboard in the following modes:</p>
<ul>
<li>Selection Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>This mode allows you to select an Image pane by moving the joystick in the desired direction.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark482">PTZ </a>Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>This mode allows you to control fixed and PTZ cameras, maps, and documents in Live Mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>Jogshuttle Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>This mode allows you to control cameras in instant playback or in Playback Mode.</p>
<p><strong>To enter Selection Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Start the Operator Client and the keyboard. or</li>
<li>Press ENTER to leave PTZ or Jogshuttle Mode and to return to Selection Mode.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To enter PTZ Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a PTZ camera.</li>
<li>Press Shot.</li>
</ol>
<p>To start a preposition, press Shot again, press the number of a preposition, and press ENTER.</p>
<p><strong>To enter Jogshuttle Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Start Playback Mode.</li>
<li>Press Shot.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To leave PTZ or Jogshuttle Mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press ENTER to leave PTZ or Jogshuttle Mode and start Selection Mode again.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark348"></a> 16.3.3 Displaying cameras</p>
<p>Enter a numeric command to display the camera with this logical number in the active<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">pane </a>or analog monitor.</p>
<p>To display cameras of an Enterprise System, select the Management Server where these cameras are configured.</p>
<p><strong>Toggling between analog mode and workstation mode</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press Mon twice.</p>
<p><strong>Displaying a camera in a computer monitor</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Switch to a digital mode.</li>
<li>Press Mon, press 1 &#8211; 4 to select the desired workstation monitor, press the number of the desired Image pane and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p>The numbering of Image panes is from left to right and top to bottom.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the desired number of the camera and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p>The desired camera is displayed.</p>
<p>Example: Press Mon, 412, and ENTER. Then press 7 and ENTER. Camera 7 is displayed on the 12th Image pane on workstation monitor 4.</p>
<p><strong>Selecting a Management Server of an Enterprise System:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Press NEXT.</li>
<li>Press the softkey and enter the server number.</li>
</ol>
<p>The server number is configured in Configuration Client in the <strong>Server Number </strong>list. When you now enter the logical number of a camera, a camera configured on this Management Server is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Displaying a camera in an analog monitor</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>1.</p>
<p>2.</td>
<td>Switch to analog mode.</p>
<p>Press Mon, press the number of the desired monitor, and press ENTER.</p>
<p>Monitor numbers are configured in the Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3.</td>
<td>Press the desired number of the camera and press ENTER.</p>
<p>The desired camera is displayed.</p>
<p>Example: Press Mon, 3, and ENTER. Then press 4 and ENTER. Camera 4 is displayed in the 3rd analog monitor.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2944" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-155.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 155" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 463"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>When you call up a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera by a numeric command, the system automatically enters PTZ mode.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.3.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using the joystick of IntuiKey keyboard</strong></p>
<p>In Selection Mode, the joystick allows you to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Tilt the joystick to select an Image pane.</li>
</ul>
<p>In PTZ Mode, the joystick allows you to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Twist the joystick to zoom in and out.</li>
<li>Tilt the joystick to pan and tilt a PTZ camera.</li>
<li>Use Focus and Iris buttons for a PTZ camera.</li>
</ul>
<p>In Jogshuttle Mode, twist the joystick to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Play forward/backward as long as you twist.</li>
<li>Change the playback speed: Speed depends on the degree of rotation.</li>
<li>Stop a video when playing.</li>
</ul>
<p>In Jogshuttle Mode, tilt the joystick to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Tilt up / down when video is stopped: Play forward / backward.</li>
<li>Tilt up / down when video is playing: Set the playback speed.</li>
<li>Tilt right / left: Pause and step forward / backward.</li>
</ul>
<p>In Jogshuttle Mode, the Focus and Iris buttons allow you to use the following feature:</p>
<ul>
<li>Press Focus or Iris to move the hairline in the Timeline forward or backward. Focus moves the hairline for a larger amount of time forward or backward, Iris moves the hairline for a smaller amount of time forward or backward.</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark480">Playback Mode </a>:</p>
<ul>
<li>To lock the system in the current playback speed, press the Shot button while twisting the joystick.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.3.5</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using softkeys of IntuiKey keyboard</strong></p>
<p>The following operation modes are available:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>Tree Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>You use this operation mode to control devices that are available in the Logical Tree of the Operator Client.</p>
<ul>
<li>Command Mode</li>
</ul>
<p>You use this operation mode to send commands like switch to Playback Mode.</p>
<p><strong>To toggle between Tree Mode and Command Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>In the Tree Mode: Press the left Level Up softkey as often as needed to display the root level and then press the Exit softkey to display the Command Mode.</li>
</ol>
<p>or</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Command Mode: Press the Tree Mode softkey.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To use the Logical Tree mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Switch to the Tree Mode.</p>
<p>Right side of the softkey display:</p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press a softkey to control the item (e.g. display a camera or switch a relay).</p>
<p>When you press a map or a folder (black background), it moves to the left side. The right side displays the its content.</p>
<p>Left side of the softkey display:</p>
<ol>
<li>Press a softkey on the left side to select a folder or a map and to display its content on the right side of the softkey display.</li>
</ol>
<p>To display a map, press the softkey once to mark it (with a rectangle) and press the softkey again to display it in the selected Image pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press Level Up to enter the next upper level of the Logical Tree.</li>
<li>Press UP to move the selection upward or DOWN to move downward.</li>
</ol>
<p>The following figures show an example of a Logical Tree and its representation on the softkey display of the keyboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="319" height="524" class="wp-image-2945" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-156.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 156" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 464" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-156.jpeg 319w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-156-183x300.jpeg 183w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 319px) 100vw, 319px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="433" class="wp-image-2946" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-157.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 157" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 465" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-157.jpeg 370w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-157-256x300.jpeg 256w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></p>
<p><strong>To use the Command Mode:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Switch to the Command Mode.</li>
<li>Press a softkey to execute the desired command.</li>
</ol>
<p>The following commands are available:</p>
<p>: Load a sequence. In the <strong>Status Display</strong>, enter the sequence number.</p>
<p>/►: Sequence play, pause</p>
<p><strong>/ ^ </strong>: Sequence step forward / backward : Maximize / restore selected Image pane : Close selected Image pane : Toggle between Live Mode and Playback Mode : Toggle selected Image pane between Live Mode and instant playback</p>
<p>-: Show more Image pane rows / Show fewer Image pane rows</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="60" height="46" class="wp-image-2947" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-158.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 158" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 466"><strong>Note: </strong>You cannot display more Image pane rows than the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</p>
<p>/ <strong>REC: </strong>Start /stop alarm recording</p>
<p>: Audio on / off</p>
<p>NEXT: Switch to next page</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="37" class="wp-image-2948" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-159.png" alt="word image 2789 159" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 467"> : Trigger a user event (1-4), only available with single Management</p>
<p>Server</p>
<p>: Set the default Management Server, only available when you log on to Operator Client as a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise User Group</a>.</p>
<p>: Image pane bars on / off</p>
<p>&#8211; Full-screen on / off</p>
<p>You cannot display more Image pane rows than the configured maximum, which set by a parameter</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Using a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard connected to a decoder</strong></p>
<p>A keyboard connected to decoder gives you access to the Management Server without Operator Client software. Hence, you must log on. Only the analog mode is available.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>16.4.1</strong></td>
<td><strong>Starting the keyboard</strong></p>
<p>After starting the keyboard you must log on to the Management Server.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2949" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-160.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 160" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 468"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>Only BVMS users with number-only user names and number-only passwords can use the analog mode of a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard.</p>
<p>The user must have access rights for the decoder connected to the Bosch IntuiKey keyboard.</p>
<p><strong>To start the keyboard:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press the Terminal softkey.</p>
<p>The following logon display is shown:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="517" class="wp-image-2950" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-161.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 161" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 469" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-161.jpeg 327w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-161-190x300.jpeg 190w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /> After successful logon, the Terminal and Keyboard Control softkeys are displayed in the softkey display.</p>
<p>16.4.2</p>
<p>16.4.3</p>
<p>16.4.4</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark357"></a> Displaying cameras</p>
<ol>
<li>Press Mon, press the number of the desired monitor, and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p>Monitor numbers are configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the desired number of the camera and press ENTER.</li>
</ol>
<p>The desired camera is displayed.</p>
<p>Example: Press Mon, 3, and ENTER. Then press 4 and ENTER. Camera 4 is displayed in the 3rd analog monitor.</p>
<p>When the selected monitor displays a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera, the keyboard switches to PTZ mode automatically.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark359"></a> Using the joystick</p>
<p>The joystick allows you to use the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Twist the joystick to zoom in and out.</li>
<li>Tilt the joystick to pan and tilt a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</li>
<li>Use Focus and Iris buttons for a PTZ camera.</li>
</ul>
<p>Using softkeys</p>
<p>The following operation mode is available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Command Mode</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To use the Command Mode:</strong></p>
<p><strong>4 </strong>Press a softkey to execute the desired command.</p>
<p>The following commands are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Start /stop alarm recording</li>
<li>Log off</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark362"></a> 17 User interface</p>
<p>This chapter contains information on all windows available in Operator Client of BVMS.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2951" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-162.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 162" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 470"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>This document describes some functions that are not available for BVMS Viewer.</p>
<p>For detailed information about the different BVMS editions refer to <a href="https://www.boschsecurity.com/xc/en/solutions/management-software/bvms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.boschsecurity.com</a> and the BVMS Quick Selection Guide:<a href="https://media.boschsecurity.com/fs/media/en/pb/images/products/management_software/bvms/bvms_quick-selection-guide.pdf" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> BVMS Quick Selection Guide</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark364"><em>Live Mode, page 118</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark369"><em>Playback Mode, page 120</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark372"><em>Alarm display, page 123</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark364"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark365"></a> 17.1 Live Mode</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You automatically access Live Mode every time you log on.</p>
<p>Allows you to move, resize, or hide all control elements as required.</p>
<p>You can right-click to display the context menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2952" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-163.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 163" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 471"> If an incoming alarm has a lower priority than the currently displayed<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, the tab starts blinking and indicates an alarm.</p>
<p>If an incoming alarm has a higher priority than the currently displayed image window, the incoming alarm displays automatically (automatic pop-up alarm).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="588" class="wp-image-2953" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 164" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 472" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164-1024x577.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-164-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Menu bar</td>
<td>Allows you to select a menu command.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Toolbar</td>
<td>Displays the available buttons. Point to an icon to display a tooltip.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Playback controls</td>
<td>Allows you to control instant playback or a camera sequence or alarm sequence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Performance meter</td>
<td>Displays the CPU usage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>Time zone selector</td>
<td>Select an entry for the time zone to be displayed in most time related fields.</p>
<p>Only available if at least one Management Server or unmanaged site in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>is located in another time zone as your Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Controls for Image panes</td>
<td>Allows you to select the required number of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">panes </a>and to close all Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Image window</td>
<td>Displays the Image panes. Allows you to arrange the Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td>Image pane</td>
<td>Displays a camera, a map, an image, a document (HTML file).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td><strong>L&#8217; t <sub>d </sub>Alarm List </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays all alarms that the system generates.</p>
<p>Allows you to accept or clear an alarm or to start a workflow, for example, by sending an E-mail to a maintenance person.</p>
<p>The Alarm List is not being displayed, when the connection to the Management Server is lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>PTZ Control </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to control a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td><strong>Logical tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays the devices your user group has access to. Allows you to select a device for assigning it to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Favorites Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to organize the devices of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree</a> as required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Bookmarks </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to manage<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmarks</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>o</p>
<p><strong>Map </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays a site map. Allows you to drag the map to display a particular section of the map.</p>
<p>If activated, a map is displayed automatically for each camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. In this case, the camera must be configured on a map.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark382"><em>Menu commands, page 131</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark395"><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark397"><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark415"><em>PTZ Control window, page 140</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark402"><em>Image window, page 138</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark405"><em>Image pane, page 139</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark316"><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark369"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark370"></a> Playback Mode</p>
<p>17.2</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>You can right-click to display the context menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-2954" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-165.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 165" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 473"> If an incoming alarm has a lower priority than the currently displayed<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, the</p>
<p>tab starts blinking and indicates an alarm. If the incoming alarm has a higher priority than the live or playback<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, the alarm image window is displayed automatically. The priorities are configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="587" class="wp-image-2955" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 166" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 474" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166-1024x576.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-166-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Menu bar</td>
<td>Allows you to select a menu command.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Toolbar</td>
<td>Displays the available buttons. Point to an icon to display a tooltip.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Performance</p>
<p>meter</td>
<td>Displays the CPU usage and the memory usage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Time zone selector</td>
<td>Select an entry for the time zone to be displayed in most time related fields.</p>
<p>Only available if at least one Management Server or unmanaged site in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>is located in another time zone as your Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>Controls for Image panes</td>
<td>Allows you to select the required number of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes </a>and to close all Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Image window</td>
<td>Displays the Image panes. Allows you to arrange the Image panes.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Image pane</td>
<td>Displays a camera, a map, an image, a document (HTML file).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm List</strong></p>
<p>window</td>
<td>Displays all alarms that the system generates.</p>
<p>Allows you to accept or clear an alarm or to start a workflow, for example, by sending an E-mail to a maintenance person.</p>
<p>The Alarm List is not being displayed, when the connection to the Management Server is lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Video</strong></p>
<p><strong>Search Results</strong></p>
<p>window</td>
<td>Displays recordings that match the video search criteria.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Forensic Search results </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays recordings that match the Forensic Search criteria.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; Timeline </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to you to navigate through the recorded videos.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td><strong>• PTZ</strong></p>
<p><strong>Control </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to control a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td><strong>Device</strong></p>
<p><strong>Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays the devices your user group has access to. Allows you to select a device for assigning it to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Favorites</strong></p>
<p><strong>Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to organize the devices of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>as required.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Map</strong></p>
<p>window</td>
<td>Displays a site map. Allows you to drag the map to display a particular section of the map.</p>
<p>If activated, a map is displayed automatically for each camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. In this case, the camera must be configured on a map.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Bookmarks tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to manage<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmarks</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>&#8216; &#8216; Exports</strong></p>
<p><strong>tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to load exported video data to display it or to search for particular data.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>CM</p>
<p>■* Forensic</p>
<p>Search window</td>
<td>Allows you to configure Forensic Search.</p>
<p>Forensic Search allows you to search for specific properties in the video of the selected image pane.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="559" class="wp-image-2956" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 167" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 475" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167-1024x549.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-167-768x412.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /> The threat level mode is indicated by a red line. The current threat level (for example <strong>Threat level 2</strong>) is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Menu commands, page 131</em></li>
<li><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></li>
<li><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></li>
<li><em>Exports window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>Map window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>PTZ Control window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>Image window, page 138</em></li>
<li><em>Image pane, page 139</em></li>
<li><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></li>
<li><em>Forensic Search Results window, page 87</em></li>
<li><em>Video Search Results window, page 73</em></li>
<li><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark367"></a> 17.3 Threat level mode</p>
<p>S&#8221;</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>Or main window &gt;</p>
<p>When in threat level mode, depending on the user group, the user may have restricted permissions.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 17.1:</strong></p>
<p><strong>Threat level</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td><strong>Reset</strong></td>
<td>The <strong>Reset </strong>button only displays if the user has the respective permission. Click to end the threat level mode.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark372"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark373"></a> Alarm display</p>
<p>17.4</p>
<p>Bi</p>
<p>Main window &gt; Select an alarm &gt; <strong>Accept</strong></p>
<p>&#8211; A V</p>
<p>Or main window &gt; &gt; tab &gt; Select an alarm &gt; <strong>Accept</strong></p>
<p>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark435"> alarm image window</a> displays live or<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a> video from a camera, maps, documents or map viewports to be displayed in case of an alarm. The alarm image window is displayed automatically if the incoming alarm has a higher priority than the live or playback <a href="#post-2789-bookmark463">image window</a>. The priorities are configured in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p>If an incoming alarm has a lower priority than the currently displayed image window, the <em>&amp; </em>tab starts blinking and indicates an alarm.</p>
<p>If multi-row alarm is configured and when more alarms are displayed than alarm image rows are available, the display in the last row is sequenced. You can control the alarm sequence with the playback controls in the alarm image window toolbar. You cannot perform instant playback in the last row.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="75" height="75" class="wp-image-2957" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-168.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 168" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 476"><strong>Notice!</strong></p>
<p>A site map displayed in an alarm image pane is optimized for display and contains only the initial view of the original map file.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="588" class="wp-image-2959" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 169" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 477" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169.jpeg 1043w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169-1024x577.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-169-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>Menu bar</td>
<td>Allows you to select a menu command.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>Toolbar</td>
<td>Displays the available buttons. Point to an icon to display a tooltip.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>3</strong></td>
<td>Playback controls</td>
<td>Allows you to control instant playback or a camera sequence or alarm sequence.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>Performance meter</td>
<td>Displays the CPU usage and the memory usage.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>Time zone selector</td>
<td>Select an entry for the time zone to be displayed in most time related fields.</p>
<p>Only available if at least one Management Server unmanaged site in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>is located in another time zone as your Operator Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Alarm Image window</td>
<td>Displays the Alarm Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Alarm Image pane</td>
<td>Displays a camera, a map, an image, a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark447"> document</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td>Alarm priority</td>
<td>Displays the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark437"> priority</a> value that was configured in the Configuration Client for the automatic display behavior.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>9</strong></td>
<td>Time</td>
<td>Displays the time when the alarm was triggered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>10</strong></td>
<td>Alarm Sequence buttons</td>
<td>Click to display the previous or next Alarm Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>11</strong></td>
<td>Number of alarms</td>
<td>Displays the number of the currently displayed alarm and the number of all alarms.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>12</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Click to switch to multi-row alarm display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Id</strong></td>
<td>Click to switch to single view alarm display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>13</strong></td>
<td>A <strong>L&#8217; t &#8216; </strong>d</p>
<p><strong>Alarm List </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays all alarms the system generates.</p>
<p>Allows you to accept or clear an alarm or to start a workflow, for example, by sending an E-mail to a maintenance person.</p>
<p>The alarm list is not being displayed, when the connection to the Management Server is lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>14</strong></td>
<td><strong>Event Type</strong></td>
<td>Indicates the type of event that triggered the alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>15</strong></td>
<td><strong>PTZ Control </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to control a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>16</strong></td>
<td><strong>Logical Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays the devices your user group has access to. Allows you to select a device for assigning it to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Favorites Tree </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows you to organize the devices of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark472">Tree </a>as required.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Bookmark </strong>window</td>
<td>Allows to manage<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmarks</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Map </strong>window</td>
<td>Displays a site map. Allows you to drag the map to display a particular section of the map.</p>
<p>If activated, a map is displayed automatically for each camera displayed in an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>. In this case, the camera must be configured on a map.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>S</em><em>witching alarm displays of alarm image window, page 100</em></li>
<li><em>Menu commands, page 131</em></li>
<li><em>Logical Tree window, page 136</em></li>
<li><em>Favorites Tree window, page 137</em></li>
<li><em>Map window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>PTZ Control window, page 140</em></li>
<li><em>Image window, page 138</em></li>
<li><em>Image pane, page 139</em></li>
<li><em>Alarm List window, page 102</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark376"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark377"></a> Map-based tracking assistant display</p>
<p>17.5</p>
<p>I</p>
<p>S«</p>
<ul>
<li>Select a camera image pane &gt; ■ ■ Map-based tracking assistant</li>
<li>Select a camera image pane &gt; ■■■&#8217;■ Map-based tracking assistant</li>
</ul>
<p>The Map-based tracking assistant helps you to track moving objects across multiple cameras. The respective cameras have to be configured on the global map. If an interesting moving object appears in live, playback, or in an alarm image pane, the user can start the Map-based tracking assistant that displays all nearby cameras automatically.</p>
<p>If a camera is in instant playback mode or in playback mode and you start the Map-based tracking assistant, only the cameras that support playback are available in the Map-based tracking assistant display.</p>
<p>If an incoming alarm has a lower priority than the currently displayed<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> image window</a>, the a*</p>
<p>tab starts blinking and indicates an alarm.</p>
<p>If an incoming alarm has a higher priority than the currently displayed image window, the incoming alarm displays automatically (automatic pop-up alarm).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1042" height="494" class="wp-image-2960" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 170" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 478" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170.jpeg 1042w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170-1024x485.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-170-768x364.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1042px) 100vw, 1042px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>¡to</p>
<p><em><s>M MM</s></em> Map-based tracking assistant</td>
<td>Click to start or stop the Map-based tracking assistant.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td>t</p>
<p><sup>v</sup> First person view</td>
<td>Click to start or stop First person view.</p>
<p>When you start the Map-based tracking assistant First person view is enabled by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>3</em></strong></td>
<td><strong>$</strong></td>
<td>Click to align the global map to default north orientation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>4</strong></td>
<td>ain camera</td>
<td>The main camera displays in the central image pane of the Map-based tracking assistant.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5</strong></td>
<td>ain image pane</td>
<td>The central image pane displays the main camera image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>6</strong></td>
<td>Neighbor camera</td>
<td>The neighbor cameras are indicated by Latin letters A-D. When first starting the Map-based tracking assistant, those letters also display for some seconds in the respective image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>7</strong></td>
<td>Side image pane</td>
<td>The side image panes display the neighbor cameras, whose field of view overlap with the main cameras field of view or are closest by distance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>8</strong></td>
<td><strong>F</strong></td>
<td>When you click a location on the global map, the</p>
<p><strong>F</strong></p>
<p>flag symbol displays for some seconds and</p>
<p>indicates the position.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark159"><em> Using the Map-based tracking assistant, page 59</em></a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>BVMS</td>
<td>User interface | en <strong>127</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.6</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark380"></a><strong>Icons used</strong></p>
<p>The following table lists the icons used in Operator Client. For the icons used in the Timeline see chapter <a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em>Timeline window, page 141</em></a>.</p>
<p>Some of the following icons are not available in BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Toolbar icons</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8221;</strong></p>
<p>: Live Mode</p>
<p><strong>!*►</strong></p>
<p>: Playback Mode</p>
<p>/ : Audio on / off</p>
<p>: Slider to adjust audio volume of all Image panes.</p>
<p>&#8230; <sub>D</sub>. „ &#8230;. .</p>
<p>: Click to disconnect all connected unmanaged sites. Partially connected sites are not disconnected.</p>
<p><strong>■ : </strong>Click to display / hide the toolbar of each Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to display the Image pane in full-screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>ft</p>
<p>: Click to display the <a href="#post-2789-bookmark435">Alarm Image window</a> (only available if alarms are pending).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to display Live or Playback Mode again when the Alarm Image window is</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>® : </strong>Click to print an image of the selected Image pane.</p>
<p>: Click to save an image file of the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to add a Favorites <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">View</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>[n]</strong></p>
<p>: Click to add a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■</strong></p>
<p>: Click and hold to speak on the loudspeakers of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark452"> encoder</a> with audio configured.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The button is active when an encoder with audio function is selected in an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>ftv</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><em>■■sc</em> Click to start/stop Map-based tracking assistant.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><sup>v</sup> : Click to start/stop First person view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>XX</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to close all open<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a>. This icon has the same function as the shortcut for closing all Image panes.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>: Click to show fewer Image pane rows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><sup>4 4 4 4 4</sup> : Slider to change Image pane rows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>A</strong></p>
<p>: Click to show more Image pane rows.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>: Click to access help.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2961" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-171.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 171" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 479"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2962" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-172.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 172" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 480"><strong>Logical tree icons</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="57" class="wp-image-2963" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-173.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 173" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 481"> : Operator Client is connected to a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark473"> Management Server</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2964" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-174.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 174" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 482"> New configuration available. Log off and log on again to accept.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2965" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-175.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 175" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 483"> : This state icon displays when not all communication services can be connected by the Operator Client or when there are changes within the communication interface between the Operator Client and the Management Server.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2966" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-176.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 176" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 484"></p>
<p>: For more information see the tooltip.</p>
<p>: Multiple logon with the same user name is denied</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2967" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-177.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 177" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 485"></p>
<p>: State is unknown</p>
<p>.*: License not available</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2968" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-178.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 178" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 486"></p>
<p>: Not connected</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="51" class="wp-image-2969" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-179.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 179" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 487"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2970" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-180.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 180" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 488"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2971" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-181.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 181" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 489"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2972" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-182.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 182" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 490"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2973" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-183.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 183" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 491"></p>
<p>: Map viewport</p>
<p>: Fixed, DVR, local storage camera</p>
<p>: ONVIF fixed camera</p>
<p>: Management Server is located in another time zone.</p>
<p>: Folder containing various items</p>
<p>Folder containing various items and having assigned a map</p>
<p>: Panoramic camera</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2974" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-184.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 184" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 492"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2975" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-185.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 185" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 493"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2976" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-186.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 186" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 494"></p>
<p>: PTZ camera</p>
<p>: ONVIF PTZ camera</p>
<p>: Matrix camera</p>
<p>tD: <a href="#post-2789-bookmark496">vsg </a>camera</p>
<p><strong>rs«</strong></p>
<p>, for example : Recording</p>
<p>¿1, for example</p>
<p>: Connection lost</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-2977" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-187.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 187" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 495"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2978" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-188.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 188" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 496"></p>
<p>, for example</p>
<p>: Video loss</p>
<p>, for example</p>
<p>: Bypassed</p>
<p>: Audio is configured</p>
<p>: State unknown</p>
<p>: Too bright</p>
<p>: Too dark</p>
<p>: Too noisy</p>
<p>□: Too blurry</p>
<p>Q: Global scene change</p>
<p><em>::</em>: Reference check failed</p>
<p>: Relay</p>
<p>/</p>
<p>: Inputs</p>
<p>: Command Script</p>
<p>: Document</p>
<p>: Camera sequence</p>
<p>: External application</p>
<p>:<a href="#post-2789-bookmark498"> Primary VRM</a></p>
<p>:<a href="#post-2789-bookmark458"> Primary Failover VRM</a></p>
<p>: Secondary Failover VRM</p>
<p>: Indicates a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark495">video analytics </a>device.</p>
<p>: Indicates</p>
<p>an</p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark492">unmanaged site </a>which is not connected.</p>
<p>: Indicates</p>
<p>an</p>
<p>unmanaged site in another time zone than the Operator Client computer.</p>
<p>^: Indicates</p>
<p>an</p>
<p>unmanaged site to which a connection is being established.</p>
<p>: Indicates</p>
<p>an</p>
<p>unmanaged site which is completely connected. This means that all</p>
<p>devices of this site are connected.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-2979" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-189.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 189" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 497"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2980" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-190.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 190" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 498"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2981" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-191.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 191" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 499"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-2982" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-192.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 192" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 500"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-2983" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-193.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 193" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 501"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-2984" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-194.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 194" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 502"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-2985" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-195.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 195" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 503"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-2986" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-196.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 196" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 504"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-2987" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-197.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 197" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 505"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="39" class="wp-image-2988" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-198.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 198" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 506"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-2989" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-199.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 199" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 507"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2990" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-200.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 200" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 508"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2991" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-201.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 201" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 509"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2992" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-202.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 202" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 510"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2993" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-203.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 203" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 511"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2994" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-204.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 204" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 512"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2995" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-205.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 205" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 513"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="57" height="57" class="wp-image-2996" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-206.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 206" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 514"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="52" class="wp-image-2997" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-207.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 207" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 515"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2998" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-208.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 208" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 516"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-2999" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-209.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 209" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 517"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3000" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-210.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 210" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 518"></p>
<p>■i: Indicates an unmanaged site which is partially connected. This means that not all devices of this site are connected.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3001" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-211.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 211" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 519"></p>
<p>: Intrusion panel.</p>
<p>: <a href="#post-2789-bookmark440">Area </a>configured in an intrusion panel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3002" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-212.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 212" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 520"></p>
<p>: Area is armed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3003" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-213.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 213" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 521"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3004" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-214.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 214" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 522"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-3005" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-215.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 215" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 523"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3006" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-216.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 216" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 524"></p>
<p>: Point is in the state<a href="#post-2789-bookmark443"> bypassed</a>.</p>
<p>: Point is in alarm state.</p>
<p>: Door (intrusion panel)</p>
<p>* : Area is disarmed.</p>
<p>:<a href="#post-2789-bookmark481"> Point </a>configured in an intrusion panel and in the state<a href="#post-2789-bookmark443"> unbypassed</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3007" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-217.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 217" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 525"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3008" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-218.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 218" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 526"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3009" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-219.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 219" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 527"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3010" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-220.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 220" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 528"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-3011" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-221.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 221" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 529"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3012" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-222.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 222" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 530"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="56" class="wp-image-3013" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-223.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 223" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 531"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3014" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-224.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 224" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 532"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3015" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-225.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 225" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 533"></p>
<p>: Door (intrusion panel)</p>
<p>: Door (intrusion panel)</p>
<p>: Door (intrusion panel)</p>
<p>: Reader (access control)</p>
<p>: Door (access control) is locked.</p>
<p>: Door (access control) is unlocked.</p>
<p>: Door (access control) is secured.</p>
<p>is secured.</p>
<p>is locked.</p>
<p>is unlocked.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="51" class="wp-image-3016" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-226.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 226" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 534"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3017" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-227.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 227" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 535"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3018" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-228.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 228" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 536"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3019" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-229.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 229" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 537"></p>
<p>: Camera sequence</p>
<p>: Camera sequence is interrupted.</p>
<p>: Camera sequence is playing.</p>
<p>: Door (access control) with unknown door states.</p>
<p><strong>Image pane toolbar icons</strong></p>
<p>D: Maximize image pane</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="41" class="wp-image-3020" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-230.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 230" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 538"></p>
<p>: Digital zoom</p>
<p>: Transcoding is enabled.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3021" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-231.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 231" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 539"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3022" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-232.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 232" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 540"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3023" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-233.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 233" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 541"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3024" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-234.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 234" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 542"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3025" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-235.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 235" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 543"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3026" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-236.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 236" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 544"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3027" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-237.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 237" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 545"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3028" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-238.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 238" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 546"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3029" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-239.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 239" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 547"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="56" height="41" class="wp-image-3030" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-240.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 240" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 548"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="51" height="51" class="wp-image-3031" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-241.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 241" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 549"> : Click to display live mode again.</p>
<p>: Indicates the source of the displayed recording: Primary <a href="#post-2789-bookmark498">VRM </a>recording. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source (only available, if<a href="#post-2789-bookmark486"> Secondary VRM </a>or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>is configured).</p>
<p>: Indicates the source of the displayed recording:<a href="#post-2789-bookmark486"> Secondary VRM </a>recording. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source.</p>
<p>: Indicates that <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source.</p>
<p>: Indicates that the Primary<a href="#post-2789-bookmark458"> Failover VRM </a>provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source (only available, if<a href="#post-2789-bookmark486"> Secondary VRM </a>or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>is configured).</p>
<p>: Indicates that the Secondary<a href="#post-2789-bookmark458"> Failover VRM </a>provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source.</p>
<p>: Indicates that the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark452"> Encoder</a> provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source (only available, if<a href="#post-2789-bookmark486"> Secondary VRM </a>or <a href="#post-2789-bookmark439">ANR </a>is configured).</p>
<p>: Indicates that the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark452"> Encoder</a> provides playback. On the Image pane toolbar, click to change the recording source.</p>
<p>: Text data available</p>
<p>: Text data not available</p>
<p>: Instant playback</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="97" class="wp-image-3032" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-242.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 242" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 550"> : Manual alarm recording</p>
<p><strong>Image pane icons</strong></p>
<p>: I-frame only playback</p>
<p>: Enabled content analysis</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark382"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark383"></a> Menu commands</p>
<p>17.7</p>
<p>Some of the following commands are not available in BVMS Export Player.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>System </strong>menu commands</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Playback mode </strong>/ <strong>Live mode</strong></td>
<td>Switches to Playback or Live Mode depending on the current state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Change password&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box for entering a new password.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Logoff</strong></td>
<td>Exits the program and displays the dialog box for logging on.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Exit</strong></td>
<td>Exits the program.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Camera </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Save image&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box for saving an image of the selected image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Print image&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box for printing an image of the selected image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Audio on </strong>/ <strong>Audio off</strong></td>
<td>Turns audio of the selected camera on or off.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Record Camera</strong></td>
<td>Starts recording of the selected camera. The Alarm recording Mode quality level is used.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Instant Playback</strong></td>
<td>Starts playback of the selected camera for the configured rewind time. (Not in Playback Mode)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Reference Image&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Reference Image </strong>dialog box for the currently selected Image pane. (Not in Playback Mode)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Close</strong></td>
<td>Closes the selected Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Tools </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Find in logbook&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Select Search Parameters </strong>and the <strong>Logbook results: </strong>dialog box.</p>
<p>When you logged on as a user of an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark455"> Enterprise</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark455">User Group</a>, the <strong>Please select a Server </strong>dialog box is displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Logbook entries for erasing text data </strong>and the <strong>Select search parameters for erasing text data </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Erase text data from logbook&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Select search parameters for erasing text data </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Toggle Image pane bars</strong></td>
<td>Hides or displays the Image pane bars.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Show fewer Image pane rows</strong></td>
<td>Decreases the number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Show more Image pane rows</strong></td>
<td>Increases the number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>You cannot display more Image pane rows than the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Timeline </strong>menu commands (Playback Mode only)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>First recording</strong></td>
<td>Moves the hairline to the oldest recording.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Last recording</strong></td>
<td>Moves the hairline to the latest recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Play</strong></td>
<td>Plays forward starting from the current position of the hairline.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Pause</strong></td>
<td>Stops playback at the current position. Click <strong>Play </strong>to resume.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Reverse play</strong></td>
<td>Plays backward from the current position of the hairline.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Protect video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Protect Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Unprotect video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Unprotect video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Restrict video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Restrict Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Unrestrict video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Unrestrict video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Delete video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Delete Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Verify authenticity&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Verify Authenticity </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Export video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Export Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Load exported video&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box for selecting an export file.</p>
<p>The exported file is then displayed in the <strong>Exports </strong>Tree.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Alarms </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Accept Selected Alarms</strong></td>
<td>Sets all selected alarms to the alarm state <strong>Accepted </strong>and displays them in the Alarm Image window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Accept All New Alarms</strong></td>
<td>Sets all new alarms to the alarm state <strong>Accepted</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Clear all accepted alarms</strong></td>
<td>Sets all accepted alarms to the alarm state <strong>Cleared</strong>. The entry is removed from the <strong>Alarm List </strong>and from the Alarm Image window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Clear Selected Alarms</strong></td>
<td>Sets all selected alarms to the alarm state <strong>Cleared</strong>. The entry is removed from the <strong>Alarm List </strong>and from the Alarm Image window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Workflow&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the action plan for the selected alarm if available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Extras </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Add favorite</strong></td>
<td>Saves the current Image pane pattern as a View in the <strong>Favorites Tree</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Add bookmark</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Add Bookmark </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Mute System</strong></td>
<td>Turns off audio of the available Image panes and the alarm sound.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Options&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays the <strong>Options </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Restore </strong>&gt; <strong>Default settings</strong></td>
<td>Restores the settings for monitor layout, user interface and options to the factory default settings.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>This option considers the configured maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p>The default number of Image pane rows is restored only if it does not exceed the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Restore </strong>&gt; <strong>Last settings</strong></td>
<td>Restores the settings for monitor layout, user interface and options to the last loaded settings.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>This option considers the configured maximum number of Image pane rows displayed in the Image window.</p>
<p>The last loaded number of Image pane rows is restored only if it does not exceed the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Help </strong>menu commands</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Display help</strong></td>
<td>Displays the BVMS Online Help.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>About&#8230;</strong></td>
<td>Displays a dialog box containing information on the installed system, for example the version number.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark385"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark386"></a> 17.8 Options dialog box</p>
<p>Main window &gt; <strong>Extras </strong>menu &gt; <strong>Options&#8230; </strong>command</p>
<p>Allows you to configure parameters for using Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark285"><em> Displaying video via low bandwidth, page 94</em></a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark388"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark389"></a> Control tab</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Control tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Dwell time for automatic sequences [s]</strong></p>
<p>Enter the required number of seconds a camera is to be displayed in an Image pane. This time is also valid for alarm sequences.</p>
<p><strong>PTZ Control Speed</strong></p>
<p>Move the slider to adjust the control speed for<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>cameras.</p>
<p><strong>Rewind time of instant playback [s]</strong></p>
<p>Enter the amount of seconds for the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark484"> rewind time </a>of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Display the map containing the camera of the selected Image pane</strong></p>
<p>Click to activate that the map of the camera in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is getting the focus.</p>
<p>The map is displayed in the <strong>Map </strong>window of the <strong>Control </strong>monitor. If the selected camera is not configured on any map, the <strong>Map </strong>window is cleared.</p>
<p>The displayed map is the first found map in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>beginning from the root item, that contains the selected camera.</p>
<p>If a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark444"> camera sequence </a>is running within the selected Image pane, after each sequence step the map in the <strong>Map </strong>window is updated accordingly.</p>
<p><strong>Start PTZ mode when selecting PTZ Image pane with mouse</strong></p>
<p>Select to automatically active PTZ mode for Bosch IntuiKey keyboards for the following cases: &#8211; When the user clicks on an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>displaying a PTZ camera.</p>
<p>&#8211; When the user drags a PTZ camera to an Image pane.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.8.2</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark391"></a><strong>Display tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Display tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Image Pane Aspect Ratio</strong></p>
<p>For each connected monitor select the required aspect ratio for the Image panes in</p>
<p>Operator Client. Use 16:9 for HD cameras. This setting overrides the setting that was made in Configuration Client for the initial startup of Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Display Logical Number</strong></p>
<p>Select to display the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark471"> logical number</a> of a camera in the Logical Tree.</p>
<p><strong>IP address visible in print and save</strong></p>
<p>Select to make the IP addresses of devices in the Logical Tree available in printed or saved images.</p>
<p><strong>Text Data Position</strong></p>
<p>Select the desired option for the location of the text data pane when clicking on <strong><sup>=</sup> .</strong></p>
<p><strong>Prefer hardware acceleration</strong></p>
<p>After logon to Operator Client hardware acceleration is enabled by default.</p>
<p>To disable hardware acceleration, clear the check box.</p>
<p>This setting is retained after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Show diagnostic information in Image panes (enable until logoff)</strong></p>
<p>Select to show decoding method in the Image pane.</p>
<p>The decoding method is displayed in the title bar of all open Image panes.</p>
<p>This setting is not persistent after the next restart or re-logon of Operator Client.</p>
<p><strong>Enable colored timeline</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable colored timeline for recordings. With colored timeline enabled, alarm recording, pre-alarm recording and motion recording are indicated by different colors.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark418"><em> Timeline window, page 141</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.8.3</strong></td>
<td><strong>Audio tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Audio tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Playback audio of the selected Image pane</strong></p>
<p>Select to activate audio playback for the video in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Multichannel audio playback</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable simultaneous audio playback for all videos displayed in the Image panes.</p>
<p><strong>Sound volume:</strong></p>
<p>Move the slider to adjust the sound volume of alarm sounds.</p>
<p><strong>Half Duplex</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable half<a href="#post-2789-bookmark449"> duplex</a> mode for the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom functionality</a>.</p>
<p><strong>Full Duplex</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable full<a href="#post-2789-bookmark449"> duplex</a> mode for the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom functionality</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.8.4</strong></td>
<td><strong>Transcoding tab</strong></p>
<p><strong>Transcoding tab</strong></p>
<p>You can play back the recordings of a camera or view live images of a camera with</p>
<p>Operator Client even if you have a low bandwidth network connection between BVMS and your Operator Client computer.</p>
<p>Transcoders do not support intelligent tracking,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark485"> ROI</a>,<a href="#post-2789-bookmark466"> Intelligent Video Analytics </a>overlays, and text data.</p>
<p>For using low bandwidth networks, 2 options are available:</p>
<ul>
<li>Hardware transcoding</li>
<li>Software transcoding (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Hardware transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For hardware transcoding the VRM must be equipped with at least one transcoding device. This transcoding device is not configured in BVMS. See the VRM documentation on how to configure a transcoding device. Transcoding devices can have multiple transcoding instances. DIVAR IP 3000 and DIVAR IP 7000 are delivered each with one preconfigured transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Each live stream or recording needs an own transcoding instance.</p>
<p>Hardware transcoding is possible only for Video IP devices from Bosch connected to a VRM. Both camera and transcoding device must be managed by the same VRM.</p>
<p><strong>Software transcoding</strong></p>
<p>For software transcoding you need a Mobile Video Service configured on your Management Server or your Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p>In an Enterprise System only the MVS services are used that are configured in the Enterprise Management Server configuration.</p>
<p><strong>Hardware (default)</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable the hardware transcoder. This is the default setting.</p>
<p><strong>Software</strong></p>
<p>Select to enable the software transcoder.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.9</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark395"></a><strong>Logical Tree window</strong></p>
<p><strong>S- &#8216;I:<sub>th</sub></strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p><strong><sub>u</sub> &#8211; &#8220;H,<sub>h</sub></strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>Displays the hierarchical structure of all the devices your<a href="#post-2789-bookmark493"> user group </a>has access to.</p>
<p>If you logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the server name is displayed as a prefix to the camera name.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Only an administrator can create or change the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>in the Configuration Client.</p>
<p>Allows you to drag an item to the following elements of the user interface:</p>
<ul>
<li>Camera, map, document to an<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a></li>
<li>Each item to the <strong>Favorites Tree </strong>window</li>
<li>Map to <strong>Map </strong>window</li>
<li>Camera to the <strong>Monitors </strong>window</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Arranging and resizing Image panes, page 40</em></li>
<li><em>Displaying a camera in an Image pane, page 37</em></li>
<li><em>Adding items to the favorites tree, page 62</em></li>
<li><em>Starting a pre-configured camera sequence, page 41</em></li>
<li><em>Displaying video via low bandwidth, page 94</em></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.10</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark397"></a><strong>Favorites Tree window</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8217; Tr</strong></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can add every item of the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">view</a> in the Favorites Tree to create your own subset of the Logical Tree. At any time you can display the view or add or delete devices in a view.</p>
<p>When saving a view in the Favorites Tree, you save the following settings:</p>
<ul>
<li>The assignment of cameras or other objects to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image panes</a></li>
<li>The<a href="#post-2789-bookmark462"> Image pane pattern</a></li>
<li>The current setting of the digital zoom</li>
<li>The image section</li>
<li>The selected stream (only available for Live Mode)</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark163"><em>Adding items to the favorites tree, page 62</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark166"><em>Creating/editing views, page 63</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.11</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark400"></a><strong>Bookmarks window</strong></p>
<p><strong>S&#8217; </strong>[h]</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>You can save a time period of live view or a recording in a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark442"> bookmark</a>. A bookmark saves a start and an end time, the cameras assigned to<a href="#post-2789-bookmark463"> Image window</a> at this time, and the entire<a href="#post-2789-bookmark462"> Image</a></p>
<p><a href="#post-2789-bookmark462">pane pattern</a>. A time period of 0 seconds is possible. Bookmarks are saved in the pane.</p>
<p>Deleting a bookmark does not affect the corresponding recordings. You cannot add or remove cameras from a bookmark. To change a bookmark, load it, make your changes and save it.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>If a recording is deleted, the corresponding bookmark is not synchronized. If loaded, a black <a href="#post-2789-bookmark461">Image pane </a>is displayed.</p>
<p>If you have logged on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Do not add more than 4 cameras in one bookmark to avoid performance issues when loading the bookmark.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark173"><em>Editing a bookmark, page 66</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark176"><em>Loading a bookmark, page 66</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark402"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark403"></a> 17.12 Image window</p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1042" height="614" class="wp-image-3033" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 243" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 551" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243.jpeg 1042w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243-300x177.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243-1024x603.jpeg 1024w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-243-768x453.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1042px) 100vw, 1042px" /></p>
<p>Displays a variable number of<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>s. Minimum is 1 Image pane. You can display one camera in several Image panes simultaneously.</p>
<p>Allows you to perform the following tasks (not all tasks are available in BVMS Export Player): &#8211; Changing the number of displayed Image panes.</p>
<ul>
<li>Arranging the Image panes with high flexibility, changing the pattern of the Image panes, and saving this arrangement as a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark497">View</a> in the <strong>Favorites Tree</strong>.</li>
<li>Toggling between Live Mode and Playback Mode (and alarm display if alarms are available).</li>
<li>Switching on/off all audio sources (application must be configured for multi-channel mode).</li>
<li>Starting a sequence.</li>
<li>Switching on/off the Image pane toolbars.</li>
<li>Performing<a href="#post-2789-bookmark464"> instant playback</a>.</li>
<li>Using<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom functionality</a>.</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<p><em>&#8211;</em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark84"><em> Changing the number of Image pane rows, page 39</em></a></p>
<p><em>&#8211; </em><a href="#post-2789-bookmark87"><em>Arranging and resizing Image panes, page 40</em></a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.13</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark405"></a><strong>Image pane</strong></p>
<p>Main window</p>
<p>BVMS Export Player offers only a restricted feature set.</p>
<p>Allows you to display:</p>
<ul>
<li>Live video from any video source (Live Mode only)</li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark464">Instant playback</a> video</li>
<li>Recorded video (Playback Mode only)</li>
<li>Maps</li>
<li>Documents (HTML files)</li>
<li>Text data</li>
<li>Recording source</li>
</ul>
<p>A blue border indicates that this<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane </a>is selected, for example, for displaying a camera image in this Image pane.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The toolbar of an image pane is only displayed, if the image pane is selected.</p>
<p>If you log on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix is displayed in the image pane toolbar, if the image pane is selected.</p>
<p>Cameras in the map are displayed as<a href="#post-2789-bookmark460"> hot spots</a>. You can activate a camera in the map by double-clicking, context menu, or dragging and dropping to an Image pane.</p>
<p>When a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera is displayed, you can use in-window control function.</p>
<p>Double-click a camera in the<a href="#post-2789-bookmark472"> Logical Tree </a>to display it in the next free Image pane.</p>
<p>Right-click in the Image pane and click <strong>Properties </strong>to display the <strong>Properties: </strong>window. This window displays information on the camera.</p>
<p>The time display in the tool bar of a live Image pane always shows the local time of the displayed camera. The time display in the tool bar of a playback Image pane always shows the time of the recorded video.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark380"><em>Icons used, page 127</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark274"><em>Displaying text data, page 91</em></a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>17.14</strong></td>
<td><a id="post-2789-bookmark407"></a><strong>Search box</strong></p>
<p>You can use the search box to search for an item in the Logical Tree, in the Favorites Tree and in the Bookmarks.</p>
<p><strong>T; ★ H</strong></p>
<p>1. Main window &gt; &gt; or or tab &gt; Right-click the desired root</p>
<p>node or the desired item &gt; Click <strong>Tree search </strong>Or:</p>
<p>In the Logical Tree window, the Favorites Tree window or the Bookmarks window press Ctrl+F.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>The search box is displayed</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>2. Type a search string representing the display name of an item.</p>
<p>The search is triggered immediately during typing and the first item that matches the search string is marked.</p>
<p>If the search string is not found, the background color of the search box changes.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="315" height="40" class="wp-image-3034" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-244.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 244" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 552" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-244.jpeg 315w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-244-300x38.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="40" class="wp-image-3035" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-245.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 245" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 553" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-245.jpeg 320w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-245-300x38.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click or <sup>v</sup> to mark the previous or the next matching item.</li>
</ol>
<p>The search proceeds through all items in the tree that match the search string and not only through the items in the selected tree node.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click X to close the search box.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark411"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark412"></a> Exports window</p>
<p>17.15</p>
<p>। | &gt; <sup>1</sup> <sup>1</sup> tab</p>
<p>You can import exported video data, display it in an Image pane, search for particular data in it, and unload it again.</p>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark225"><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></a></li>
<li><a href="#post-2789-bookmark243"><em>Loading exported video, page 84</em></a></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-3036" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-246.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 246" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 554"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-3037" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-247.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 247" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 555"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="56" class="wp-image-3038" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-248.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 248" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 556"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="73" height="73" class="wp-image-3039" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-249.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 249" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 557"></p>
<p>17.16</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark409"></a> Map window</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>&gt; Drag a map from the</p>
<p>■ to the</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>&gt; Drag a map from the</p>
<p>Main window &gt;</p>
<p>■ to the</p>
<p>tab</p>
<p>Displays a <a href="#post-2789-bookmark488">site </a>map, it cannot display video content and is not limited to a 4:3 ratio.</p>
<p>If a map cannot be displayed completely in the <strong>Map </strong>window, you can drag the map. A special cursor is displayed.</p>
<p><strong>Click to get step-by-step instructions:</strong></p>
<p>&#8211;<a href="#post-2789-bookmark155"> <em>Displaying a site map, page 58</em></a></p>
<p>17.17</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark415"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark416"></a> PTZ Control window</p>
<p>S&#8221; tel</p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; <strong>PTZ Control </strong>tab</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="44" class="wp-image-3040" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-250.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 250" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 558"></p>
<p>The window becomes active when a<a href="#post-2789-bookmark482"> PTZ </a>camera or a swiveling/tilting camera is displayed in the selected<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> Image pane</a>.</p>
<p>Allows you to control a camera with the corresponding functions displayed in the selected</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="112" height="34" class="wp-image-3041" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-251.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 251" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 559"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="118" height="40" class="wp-image-3042" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-252.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 252" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 560"></p>
<p>Image pane.</p>
<p>Click to zoom in or out digitally. These controls are active even</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="254" height="232" class="wp-image-3043" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-253.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 253" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 561"></p>
<p>when a non-PTZ camera is selected.</p>
<p>camera in all directions.</p>
<p>Click an arrow or drag the joystick in the center to swivel the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="82" height="50" class="wp-image-3044" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-254.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 254" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 562"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="168" height="51" class="wp-image-3045" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-255.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 255" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 563"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="167" height="50" class="wp-image-3046" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-256.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 256" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 564"> Click to close the iris / open the iris.</p>
<p>Click to zoom in the picture angle (zoom angle) / zooming out the picture</p>
<p>angle (wide angle).</p>
<p>Click to set the focus near / focus far.</p>
<p><strong>Predefined positions:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="34" class="wp-image-3047" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-257.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 257" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 565"> Select an entry to move the PTZ control to the predefined position.</p>
<p>Click to save the current position of the PTZ camera to the selected preposition entry.</p>
<p><strong>AUX commands:</strong></p>
<p>Select an entry to execute this command.</p>
<p>17.18</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark418"></a><a id="post-2789-bookmark419"></a> Timeline window</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="132" height="49" class="wp-image-3048" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2789-258.jpeg" alt="word image 2789 258" title="Bosch BVMS Lite Operation manual 566"></p>
<p>Main window &gt; &gt; tab</p>
<p>Allows you to control the playback of recorded videos. You can display several cameras simultaneously.</p>
<p>Audio playback is only possible when you play the video in normal speed.</p>
<p>If you are authorized to display recorded videos, you can also listen to the accompanying audio recording.</p>
<p>If you select another time zone, the timeline is changed accordingly.</p>
<p>Allows you to navigate through recorded videos. The playback of all displayed<a href="#post-2789-bookmark461"> image pane</a>s is synchronized.</p>
<p>Many features enable the precise finding of scenes you are searching for.</p>
<p>The <a href="#post-2789-bookmark490">timeline </a>for recordings in Operator Client and BVMS Export Player displays the following information indicated by a color or hatching:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Recording</strong></td>
<td><strong>Color</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Continuous recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording loss / no recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protected recording</td>
<td>Dark grey diagonal stripes on the original color (for example: <strong>^^B)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Restricted recording</td>
<td>Dark grey diagonal stripes on the original color (for example: <strong>^^H)</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Audio</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Data not yet loaded</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search result</td>
<td><strong>fl B|</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pre-alarm recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Recording</strong></td>
<td><strong>Color</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Motion recording</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>To display colored timeline for alarm, pre-alarm and motion recording, enable colored timeline in the <strong>Display </strong>tab. See chapter<a href="#post-2789-bookmark391"> <em>Display tab, page 135</em></a>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">**1/8 1/41/2 1 T 4 8</td>
<td>Move the slider to adjust the playback speed for the displayed cameras.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>CHXCEI33K1E3</strong></td>
<td>Use the controls to control the playback of the displayed cameras.</p>
<p>From left to right:</p>
<ul>
<li>Jump to the oldest recording</li>
<li>Single frame backward no matter what frame type</li>
<li>Play backward, you can change the playback speed with the speed slider</li>
<li>Pause play or backward play</li>
<li>Play, you can change the playback speed with the speed slider</li>
<li>Single frame forward no matter what frame type</li>
<li>Jump to the latest recording</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>11/3/2020 4:53:34 AM</strong></td>
<td>4.</td>
<td rowspan="2">Enter the time for rapid positioning the hairline in the timeline.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Click to move to the time now.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Click to select a search type.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Events</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Displays the selected search type, for example <strong>Video by event search</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Click to jump to the previous search result.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Click to jump to the next search result.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">X</td>
<td>Click to remove all search results.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">lLi</td>
<td>Click to display the <strong>Export Video </strong>dialog box.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">G4 (172.31.22.90) [11]</p>
<p>Camera 1 (172.31.22.93) [13]</p>
<p>Camera 1 (172.31.22.95) [19]</p>
<p>RTCAM (172.31.23.201) [G]</td>
<td></td>
<td>Displays all cameras displayed in the image window.</p>
<p>If you log on to an Enterprise Management Server, the camera name is displayed with the name of this camera’s Management Server as a prefix.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong><em>MAN*</em> 7 MAM SCÛAM 5 00 AM i&amp;W AM IK</strong></td>
<td>1</td>
<td>Displays the timelines of the cameras in the camera list.</p>
<p>Allows you rapid time positioning for playing the corresponding videos.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Refer to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Changing the playback speed, page 74</em></li>
<li><em>Using the timeline, page 73</em></li>
<li><em>Finding logbook entries, page 87</em></li>
<li><em>Exporting video data, page 78</em></li>
<li><em>Verifying the authenticity of video data, page 76</em></li>
<li><em>Protecting or unprotecting video, page 75</em></li>
<li><em>Restricting or unrestricting video, page 74</em></li>
<li><em>Deleting video data, page 76</em></li>
<li><em>Loading exported video, page 84</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark421"></a> 18 Keyboard shortcuts</p>
<p>This section lists the available keyboard shortcuts for a US keyboard layout.</p>
<p>+ indicates that each key must be pressed simultaneously (for example, Control+z means to press the Control key and the z key simultaneously).</p>
<p>On your Setup CD you find an Acrobat file for printing. The name of this file is</p>
<p>keyboard_layout_en.pdf.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark423"></a> General controls</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Shortcut key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Online Help</td>
<td>F1</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Rename (for example in favorites)</td>
<td>F2</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark425"></a> Playback controls</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Shortcut key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play / Pause</td>
<td>Space</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Previous frame</td>
<td><sup>,</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Next frame</td>
<td>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set direction to forward</td>
<td>Enter</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Set direction to backward</td>
<td>Backspace</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jump to oldest recording</td>
<td>Home</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Jump to latest recording</td>
<td>End</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Increase playback speed</td>
<td>Page Up</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Decrease playback speed</td>
<td>Page Down</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-2789-bookmark427"></a> Image window controls</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The following keyboard shortcuts only work when the Image window has the focus.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>Shortcut key</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Move selected Image pane</td>
<td>Cursor keys</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close Image pane</td>
<td>Delete,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close all Image panes</td>
<td>Control + Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show fewer Image pane rows</td>
<td>F7</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show more Image pane rows</td>
<td>F8<strong>*</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Show / hide Image pane bars</td>
<td>F9</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>*Note: </strong>You cannot display more Image pane rows than the configured maximum, which is set by a parameter in the BVMS Configuration Client.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark429"></a> 19 Troubleshooting</p>
<p>This chapter contains information on how to handle known problems using BVMS Operator Client BVMS Export Player.</p>
<p><strong>Problems with the settings in the recording control of your soundcard</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Issue</strong></td>
<td><strong>Cause</strong></td>
<td><strong>Solution</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Feedbacks occur when using a microphone for<a href="#post-2789-bookmark467"> Intercom</a> <a href="#post-2789-bookmark467">functionality</a>.</td>
<td>In the recording control of your soundcard the microphone must be selected, not the stereo mix (or something else).</p>
<p>Operator Client checks its configuration file during startup and changes the settings in the recording control accordingly. This configuration file contains a default entry which might not match your system configuration. This setting is restored during each start of Operator Client.</td>
<td>Change the setting in the configuration file of Operator Client to microphone.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark431"></a> 19.1 Reestablishing the connection to a Bosch IntuiKey keyboard</p>
<ol>
<li>Plug in the cable again or wait until the workstation is online.</li>
</ol>
<p>The Off Line message disappears.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press the Terminal softkey to enter BVMS.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark433"></a> Glossary</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark435"></a><strong>Alarm Image window</strong></p>
<p>Image window for displaying one or more Alarm Image panes.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark436"></a><strong>Alarm List</strong></p>
<p>Window in Bosch Video Management System used to display a list of active alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark437"></a><strong>alarm priority</strong></p>
<p>Each alarm is assigned a priority. Alarms can be configured to automatically display (pop up) in the Alarm Image window, based on the alarm priority. Each user&#8217;s live/playback display is also assigned a priority. When alarms are received with priority higher than that of the user&#8217;s display, the alarm automatically displays its alarm row in the Alarm Image window. If the Alarm Image window is not currently displayed, it automatically replaces the Live or Playback Image window on the alarm-enabled monitor.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark438"></a><strong>analytics viewer</strong></p>
<p>External application that is used for displaying video analytics alarms in Operator Client.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark439"></a><strong>ANR</strong></p>
<p>Automated Network Replenishment. Integrated process that copies missing video data from a video transceiver to the network video recorder after a network failure. The copied video data exactly fills the gap that occurred after the network failure. Hence the transceiver needs any kind of local storage. The recording capacity on this local storage is calculated with the following formula: (network bandwidth x estimated network downtime + safety margin) x (1 + 1/backup speed). The resulting recording capacity is required because the continuous recording must continue during the copy process.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark440"></a><strong>area</strong></p>
<p>A group of detection devices connected to the security system.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark441"></a><strong>authenticity</strong></p>
<p>State of a recorded video that indicates its originality. That means, the recorded video is not manipulated.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark442"></a><strong>bookmark</strong></p>
<p>Used for storing a time period of live or recorded video. This allows for tagging particular scenes for later investigation. Additionally you can share your investigation results with other users by exporting a bookmark.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark443"></a><strong>bypass</strong></p>
<p>Selectively remove points from the security system. A point may be bypassed in order to arm the perimeter with a window open.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark444"></a><strong>camera sequence</strong></p>
<p>A list of cameras that are displayed one after the other. Each camera is displayed for a specific time (dwell time). There are two types of sequences: predefined and automatic. Predefined sequences are defined by the administrator. Icons for these sequences are located in the Logical Tree.</p>
<p>Automatic sequences are created when you drag a multiple selection or a folder from the Logical Tree to an Image pane or a decoder. All cameras in this folder or selection sequences in the Image pane. You can create your own sequences by creating a folder in your Favorites Tree.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark445"></a><strong>Dewarping</strong></p>
<p>The use of software to convert a circular image from a fisheye lens with radial distortion to a rectilinear image for normal viewing (dewarping is the correction of distortion).</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark446"></a><strong>DNS</strong></p>
<p>Domain Name System. A DNS server converts a URL (<a href="http://www.myDevice.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.myDevice.com</a>, for example) into an IP address on networks that use the TCP/IP protocol.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark447"></a><strong>Document</strong></p>
<p>The document files that are supported by BVMS are HTM, URL, MHT, HTML, TXT.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark448"></a><strong>dual authorization</strong></p>
<p>Security policy that requires two different users to log on to the Operator Client. Both the users must be member of a normal Bosch Video Management System user group. This user group (or these user groups if the users are members of different user groups) must be part of a dual authorization group. A dual authorization group has its own access rights within Bosch Video Management</p>
<p>System. This dual authorization group should have more access rights than the normal user group that the user belongs to. Example: User A is member of a user group called Group A. User B is member of Group B. Additionally a dual authorization group is configured with Group A and Group B as members. For the users of Group A, dual authorization is optional, for users of Group B it is mandatory. When user A logs on, a second dialog box for confirming the logon is displayed.</p>
<p>In this dialog box, a second user can log on if he is available. If not, user A can continue and start the Operator Client. He then has only the access rights of Group A. When user B logs on, again a second dialog box for logging on is displayed. In this dialog box, a second user must log on. If not, user B cannot start the Operator Client.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark449"></a><strong>duplex</strong></p>
<p>Term used to define the direction of data transmission between two parties. Half-duplex allows data transmission in both directions but not simultaneously. Full-duplex allows simultaneous data transmission.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark450"></a><strong>Dwell time</strong></p>
<p>Preset amount of time a camera is displayed in an Image window until the next camera is displayed during a camera sequence.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark451"></a><strong>Edge dewarping</strong></p>
<p>Dewarping performed in the camera itself.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark452"></a><strong>Encoder</strong></p>
<p>Changes an analog stream to a digital stream, e.g., to integrate analog cameras in a digital system like Bosch Video Management System. Some encoders can have a local storage like a flash card, a USB hard disk, or they can store their video data on iSCSI devices. IP cameras have an encoder built in.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark453"></a><strong>Enterprise Account</strong></p>
<p>Enterprise Account is an authorization that enables a user of Operator Client to connect to the devices of a Management Server being part of an Enterprise System. In an Enterprise Account, all permissions for the devices of this Management Server are configured. Operator Client can simultaneously connect to all Management Server computers that are part of this Enterprise System. This access is either controlled by the membership to an Enterprise User Group, and is controlled by the device permissions configured in the Enterprise Account for this Management Server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark454"></a><strong>Enterprise System</strong></p>
<p>Enterprise System is a feature of Bosch Video Management System that allows a user of Operator Client to access multiple Management Server computers simultaneously.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark455"></a><strong>Enterprise User Group</strong></p>
<p>Enterprise User Group is a user group that is configured on an Enterprise Management Server. Enterprise User Group defines the users that are authorized to access multiple Management Server computers simultaneously. Defines the operating permissions available for these users.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark456"></a><strong>erase</strong></p>
<p>The right of erasure in the GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) provides that the data subject has the right to request erasure of personal data related to them on any one of a number of grounds within 30 days.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark457"></a><strong>Event</strong></p>
<p>A circumstance or state that is linked to an alarm and/or an action. Events can arise from many sources such as cameras, archivers, directories, digital inputs, etc. They can include start­recording states, loss of signal states, disk full messages, user logons, digital input triggers, etc.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark458"></a><strong>Failover VRM</strong></p>
<p>Software in the BVMS environment. Takes over the task of the assigned Primary VRM or Secondary VRM in case of failure.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark459"></a><strong>Favorites Tree</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark460"></a><strong>Hotspot</strong></p>
<p>Mouse sensitive icon on a map. Hotspots are configured in Configuration Client. Hotspots can be for example cameras, relays, inputs. The operator uses it for localizing and selecting a device in a building. If configured, hotspots can display a blinking background color when a specific state event or alarm occurs.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark461"></a><strong>Image pane</strong></p>
<p>Used for displaying live or recorded video of a single camera, a site map, a document, a sequence, a monitor group, an external application or a map viewport.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark462"></a><strong>Image pane pattern</strong></p>
<p>Arrangement of Image panes.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark463"></a><strong>Image window</strong></p>
<p>Container for Image panes, structured by an Image window pattern.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark464"></a><strong>Instant playback</strong></p>
<p>Plays the recorded image of the selected camera in an Image pane on the live screen. The start time (number of seconds in the past, or rewind time) can be configured.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark465"></a><strong>Intelligent Tracking</strong></p>
<p>Intelligent Tracking is a software process running on a camera that allows the camera to follow a selected object.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark466"></a><strong>Intelligent Video Analytics</strong></p>
<p>Algorithm that detects specific properties and the behavior of objects in a scene monitored by a video camera and from this generates alarm events that, in turn, can be processed in a CCTV system. Recording with Intelligent Video Analytics settings activated is a precondition to be able to selectively and quickly search through video material later. Intelligent Video Analytics makes it possible to capture and evaluate directional movement of objects in such a way that false alarms are prevented to a large extent.</p>
<p>Intelligent Video Analytics adapts automatically to changing environmental conditions and is therefore largely non-sensitive to perturbing influences such as rain and tree movement. Especially when used for forensic search, Intelligent Video Analytics allows for filtering moving objects by their color specifications. With the aid of Intelligent Video Analytics algorithm extensive video material can be searched selectively for objects with specific color properties.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark467"></a><strong>Intercom functionality</strong></p>
<p>Used to talk on the loudspeakers of an encoder. This encoder must have audio-in and audio-out. The Intercom functionality can be granted per user group.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark468"></a><strong>intrusion control panel</strong></p>
<p>Generic name for the core device in a Bosch intrusion (burglary) security system. Keypads, modules, detectors, and other devices connect to the control panel.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark469"></a><strong>iSCSI</strong></p>
<p>Internet Small Computer System Interface. Protocol that manages storage via a TCP/IP network. iSCSI enables access to stored data from everywhere in the network. Especially with the advent of Gigabit Ethernet, it has become affordable to attach iSCSI storage servers simply as remote hard disks to a computer network. In iSCSI terminology, the server providing storage resources is called an iSCSI target, while the client connecting to the server and accessing the resources of the server is called iSCSI initiator.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark470"></a><strong>Logbook</strong></p>
<p>Container for logging all events in Bosch Video Management System.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark471"></a><strong>Logical number</strong></p>
<p>Logical numbers are unique IDs assigned to each device in the system for ease of reference. Logical numbers are only unique within a particular device type. Typical use of logical numbers are Command Scripts.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark472"></a><strong>Logical Tree</strong></p>
<p>Tree with a customized structure of all the devices. The Logical Tree is used in the Operator Client to select cameras and other devices. In the Configuration Client, the &#8220;Full Logical Tree&#8221; is configured (on the Maps and Structure page) and tailored for each user group (on the User Groups page).</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark473"></a><strong>Management Server</strong></p>
<p>BVMS server managing devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark474"></a><strong>monitor group</strong></p>
<p>A set of monitors connected to decoders. The monitor group can be used for alarm processing in a given physical area. For example, an installation with three physically separated control rooms might have three monitor groups. The monitors in an monitor group are logically configured into rows and columns and can be set to different layouts, e. g. full-screen or quad view.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark475"></a><strong>MOV</strong></p>
<p>File extension of the default video format used by QuickTime Player from Apple.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark476"></a><strong>MP4</strong></p>
<p>MP4 is a digital multimedia container format most commonly used to store video and audio, but it can also be used to store other data such as subtitles and still images. MP4 files are supported by most software media players.</p>
<p><strong>No-touch deployment</strong></p>
<p>Method for automatic downloading, installing and running .NET applications without changing the registry or shared system components. With Bosch Video Management System, no-touch deployment is used for updating the Operator Clients from the Management Server.</p>
<p>The update takes place if a new version is stored on the Management Server and when each user is logging on to the Operator Client. If you work with one Operator Client against multiple Management Server computers, no-touch deployment uses only the software version stored on the Management Server where the Operator Client has last logged on successfully. When you try to log on to another Management Server with a different application version, this one displays the Management Server as not online because the software versions do not match.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark477"></a><strong>Operator Client</strong></p>
<p>Component of Bosch Video Management System that provides the user interface for system monitoring and operation.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark478"></a><strong>Operator Client workstation</strong></p>
<p>Computer in the Bosch Video Management System environment for viewing live and playback video and for configuration tasks. Operator Client is installed on this computer.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark479"></a><strong>Panoramic camera</strong></p>
<p>Camera with a 360° or 180° view angle.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark480"></a><strong>Playback Mode</strong></p>
<p>Feature of Operator Client. Used to playback and search through archived videos.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark481"></a><strong>point</strong></p>
<p>A detection device connected to the security system. Points show on the keypad individually and with custom text. The text might describe a single door, motion sensor, smoke detector, or an protected space such as UPSTAIRS or GARAGE.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark482"></a><strong>PTZ camera</strong></p>
<p>Camera with pan, tilt, and zoom function.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark483"></a><strong>Reference image</strong></p>
<p>A reference image is continuously compared with the current video image. If the current video image in the marked areas differs from the reference image, an alarm is triggered. This allows you to detect tampering that would otherwise not be detected, for example if the camera is turned.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark484"></a><strong>Rewind time</strong></p>
<p>Number of seconds when an Image pane is switched to instant playback.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark485"></a><strong>ROI</strong></p>
<p>Region of Interest. Intended use of ROI is to save bandwidth when zooming into a section of the camera image with a fixed HD camera. This section behaves like a PTZ camera.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark486"></a><strong>Secondary VRM</strong></p>
<p>Software in the BVMS environment. Ensures that the recording performed by one or multiple Primary VRMs is additionally and simultaneously performed to another iSCSI target. The recording settings can deviate from the settings of the Primary VRM.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark487"></a><strong>Server Lookup</strong></p>
<p>Access method for a user of Configuration Client or Operator Client to sequentially connect to multiple system access points. A system access point can be a Management Server or an Enterprise Management Server.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark488"></a><strong>Site</strong></p>
<p>User-created entity for grouping related system resources together for ease of viewing and management. Typically, a site corresponds to a physical location, like a building or a floor, but it may be used to represent any concept. It consists of a Management Server, usually Configuration Client and multipe Operator Client installations.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark489"></a><strong>TCP</strong></p>
<p>Transmission Control Protocol. Connection- oriented communication protocol used to transmit data over an IP network. Offers a reliable and ordered data transmission.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark490"></a><strong>Timeline</strong></p>
<p>Part of the Bosch Video Management System user interface. Displays lines as graphical representations of the recordings of the selected cameras. The Timeline allows you to navigate through recorded videos.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark491"></a><strong>UDP</strong></p>
<p>User Datagram Protocol. A connectionless protocol used to exchange data over an IP network. UDP is more efficient than TCP for video transmission because of lower overhead.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark492"></a><strong>unmanaged site</strong></p>
<p>Item of the Device Tree in BVMS that can contain video network devices like Digital Video Recorders. These devices are not managed by the Management Server of your system. The user of Operator Client can connect to the devices of an unmanaged site on demand.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark493"></a><strong>User group</strong></p>
<p>User groups are used to define common user attributes, such as permissions, privileges and PTZ priority. By becoming a member of a group, a user automatically inherits all the attributes of the group.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark494"></a><strong>UTC</strong></p>
<p>Universal Time Coordinated</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark495"></a><strong>Video Analytics</strong></p>
<p>Video analytics is a software process that compares a camera image with the stored images of specific persons or objects. In case of a match, the software triggers an alarm.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark496"></a><strong>Video Streaming Gateway (VSG)</strong></p>
<p>Virtual device that allows integrating Bosch cameras, ONVIF cameras, JPEG cameras, RTSP encoders.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark497"></a><strong>view</strong></p>
<p>Collection of image panes that you can recall for instant live viewing. Sequences cannot be part of a view.</p>
<p><a id="post-2789-bookmark498"></a><strong>VRM</strong></p>
<p>Video Recording Manager. Software package in Bosch Video Management System which manages storing video (MPEG-4 SH++, H.264 and H.265) with audio data and metadata on iSCSI devices in the network. VRM maintains a database containing the recording source information and a list of associated iSCSI drives.</p>
<p>VRM is realized as a service running on a computer in the Bosch Video Management System network. VRM does not store video data itself but distributes storage capacities on iSCSI devices to the encoders, while handling load balancing between multiple iSCSI devices. VRM streams playback from iSCSI to Operator Clients.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/bosch-bvms-lite-operation-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Turing SMART Station Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 10 Jul 2023 19:45:04 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[EseeCloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Partner Pro]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording Download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SMART Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Turing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Management Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video wall]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows PC]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=2682</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Turing SMART Station Management client for the Windows PC and Mac. Allows for local LAN access. Computer hardware not included, ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/#more-2682" aria-label="Read more about Turing SMART Station Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Turing SMART Station Management client for the Windows PC and Mac. Allows for local LAN access. Computer hardware not included, Software utility on the Windows PC used to discover, upgrade, and modify parameters for the SMART series products on the same LAN.</p>
<h3 class="fw-bold">Turing Vision Mobile App (Recommended)</h3>
<p>Leveraging AI to reimagine the way improving safety, security, and operations</p>
<picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/turing-vision-mobile-app.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="img-fluid mb-3" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/turing-vision-mobile-app.jpg" alt="turing vision mobile app" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 679"></picture>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap"><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/turing-vision-video-security/id1574812235" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(iOS)</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3" href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.turingvideo.turingvision" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(Android)</a></div>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap flex-sm-nowrap mb-3">
<div class="px-2 mb-3"><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-utilities.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="d-block img-fluid shadow mb-3" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-utilities.png" alt="appicon turing smart utilities" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 680"></picture><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="mx-2" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.png" alt="platform windows" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 681"></picture></div>
<div class="px-2">
<h3 class="fw-bold">SMART Utility</h3>
<p>Software utility on the Windows PC used to discover, upgrade, and modify parameters for the SMART series products on the same LAN.</p>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap"><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/SmartUtility_B1122-1.1.0.zip" download="" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(Windows PC)</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3" href="https://turing.ai/resources/software-archive-smart" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">ARCHIVE</a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap flex-sm-nowrap mb-3">
<div class="px-2 mb-3"><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-station.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="d-block img-fluid shadow mb-3" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-station.png" alt="appicon turing smart station" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 682"></picture><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-mac.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="mx-2" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-mac.png" alt="platform mac" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 683"> </picture><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="mx-2" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.png" alt="platform windows" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 681"></picture></div>
<div class="px-2">
<h3>Turing SMART Station</h3>
<p>Management client for the Windows PC and Mac. Allows for local LAN access. Computer hardware not included</p>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap"><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/SmartStation-B1113.1.0.0.210917.pkg.zip" rel="dofollow noopener" download="" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(MAC)</a><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/SmartStation_Win32-B1130.1.0.0.210918.zip" download="" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(WIN32)</a><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/SmartStation_Win64-B1130.1.0.2.221104.zip" download="" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(WIN64)</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/resources/software-archive-smart" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Archive</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/book/Smart_Station_User_Manual.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">User Manual</a><a class="btn btn-primary d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/book/Smart_Station_Data_Sheet.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Data Sheet</a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap flex-sm-nowrap mb-3">
<div class="px-2 mb-3"><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-player.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="d-block img-fluid shadow mb-3" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/appicon-turing-smart-player.png" alt="appicon turing smart player" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 685"></picture><picture><source srcset="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.webp" type="image/webp" /><img decoding="async" class="mx-2" src="https://turing.ai/public/assets/img/resources/platform-windows.png" alt="platform windows" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 681"></picture></div>
<div class="px-2">
<h3 class="fw-bold">SMART Player</h3>
<p>The SMART Player is intended to play back video clips directly extract from the SMART series NVR.</p>
<div class="d-flex flex-wrap"><a class="btn btn-primary btn-download d-flex align-items-center justify-content-center mb-3 me-3" href="https://turing.ai/public/assets/zip/Turing%20SMART%20Player-B1111.1.0.2.zip" download="" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DOWNLOAD<br />
(Windows)</a></div>
</div>
</div>
<div></div>
<div>Read Next :</div>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2450/flir-united-vms-installation-guide/" rel="nofollow">FLIR United VMS Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/2311/eseecloud-cms-full-setup-guide/" rel="nofollow">EseeCloud CMS Full Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/1966/hik-partner-pro-portal-setup-guide/" rel="nofollow">Hik-Partner Pro Portal Setup Guide</a></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark0"></a> Introduction</p>
<p>Smart Station 3.0 is a video management software. It provides video surveillance services including live view, playback, device management, recording schedule, alarm configuration, video wall, people counting, and e-map. The software is easy to deploy and operate, suitable for small and medium-size applications such as for super market, parking lot and residential area. For more details, see datasheet.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark2"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>The software has different versions and shall be installed on a compatible operating system. Please refer to the datasheet for details.</li>
<li>Functions may vary depending on factors including but not limited to software version, device and version, and how the device is managed by the software (i.e., directly connected camera or NVR connected camera).</li>
<li>This manual is not intended for a specific software version. Some functions or features described in this manual may be available to certain version(s) only.</li>
<li>Directly connected camera: Camera that is directly managed by the software (in comparison with NVR connected camera).</li>
<li>NVR connected camera: Camera that is managed by the software via an NVR (in comparison with directly connected camera).</li>
<li>IPC: IPC, IP camera and camera refer to the same thing in this manual.</li>
<li>PC: The computer that runs the software, also mentioned in this manual as the client.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark4"></a> System Requirements</p>
<p>The PC that hosts the software shall meet performance requirements. The requirements may vary, depending on how you use the software. For example, live view at high resolution in multiple windows requires higher system performance.</p>
<p><strong>Software Version System Requirements</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>64-bit</td>
<td>OS: Microsoft Windows 7/8/10 (64-bit) CPU: Intel Core i5 3.1 GHz or higher Memory: 4 GB or higher</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>32-bit</td>
<td>OS: Microsoft Windows 7/8/10 (32-bit or 64-bit)</p>
<p>CPU: Intel Pentium IV 3.0 GHZ or higher (4 Core, 3.0 GHz recommended)</p>
<p>Memory: 2 GB or higher</p>
<p>Note: The 64-bit Windows shall be able to host 32-bit software.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Software Version</strong></td>
<td><strong>System Requirements</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mac</td>
<td>OS: Mac OS 10.11 or higher</p>
<p>CPU: Intel Core i5 3.1 GHz or higher</p>
<p>Memory: 4 GB or higher</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark6"></a> 3 NOTE!</p>
<p>The 64-bit OS and software are recommended. Live view and playback consumes RAM, and the 32-bit software has a relatively small RAM. When RAM is running low, the software will be unable to play more channels of live or recorded videos, and it will display a message indicating insufficient RAM.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark8"></a> Installation and Startup</p>
<ol>
<li>Double-click the .exe file, and follow the wizard to complete the installation.</li>
<li>When installation is complete, double-click the shortcut icon to start the software.</li>
<li>Log in with the default username/password (<strong>admin</strong>/<strong>123456)</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark10"></a> g<sup>1</sup> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>The default password is intended only for the first login. For security, please set a strong password when logged in (see User Management). A strong password shall include at least nine characters comprising all three types: digits, letters, and special characters. Please keep the password safe and change it regularly.</li>
<li>The password for admin (123456 or others) does not change after an upgrade or a reinstall of the software.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>You see the main page when logged in. The main page includes the control panel, some functional buttons and the system menu.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark12"></a> g* NOTE!</p>
<p>For first time use, a config wizard will guide you to add devices and start live view. The wizard uses the default username (admin/123456) to add devices.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark14"></a> 4 gui introduction</p>
<p>The main page is displayed after you log in. The main page consists of the control panel and some functional buttons.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="937" height="502" class="wp-image-2683" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-1.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 1" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 687" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-1.jpeg 937w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-1-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-1-768x411.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 937px) 100vw, 937px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>The control panel includes the <strong>Common </strong>and <strong>Basic/Smart </strong>areas. Click an icon to access the corresponding module. You may drag an icon to change its position with another icon.</li>
<li>Click the buttons in the top right corner:</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<p><strong>Icon</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>□□</p>
<p>□□<sup>v</sup></td>
<td></td>
<td>Menu. Click an icon on the menu to access the corresponding module.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">s</td>
<td>Change appearance. You can choose the light or the dark theme color for the client.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Switch account.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">H</td>
<td>Lock the GUI</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"></td>
<td>Open configuration wizard, user manual, view version number and update information.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p><em>If updates are available, you can click to view details and download the new version.</em></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>* The buttons in the bottom left corner:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>El</td>
<td>View realtime alarms, turn on/off alarm sound, enable/disable alarm- triggered live video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>View alarm triggered live video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Download recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>u</td>
<td>View and manage download tasks.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark20"></a> Device Management</p>
<p>Devices include encoding devices, decoding devices, cloud devices, access control devices and network keyboards. The software supports up to 64 local devices and 64 cloud devices, up to 512 local channels and 512 cloud channels.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark22"></a> Encoding Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark24"></a> Add an Encoding Device</p>
<p>Encoding devices include IPC (also referred to as IP camera, camera, or video channel in this manual), Network Video Recorder (NVR) and hybrid NVR.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark26"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Managing a device with different management software programs may cause unexpected problems.</li>
<li>Please always add devices as admin (enter username &#8220;admin&#8221;).</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Device Management </strong>on the control panel and then follow the steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Device </strong>&gt; <strong>Encoding Device</strong>. The page is divided into two areas with two lists:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>Online Device </strong>list: The software searches online devices and refreshes automatically. Note: The discovered devices are not added yet, and you need to add them manually (see step 2).</li>
<li><strong>Managed Device </strong>list: lists devices that have been added to the software.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="956" height="439" class="wp-image-2684" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-2.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 2" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 688" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-2.jpeg 956w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-2-300x138.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-2-768x353.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 956px) 100vw, 956px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>On the <strong>Online Device </strong>list, select device(s) and then click <strong>Add</strong>. You may add devices to different</p>
<p>groups.</p>
<ul>
<li>The software uses the default username (admin/123456) to add a device. If the password of a device has been changed and is not 123456, you need to change the password in step 3.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Online Device </strong>list, you may:</li>
<li>Click <strong>Refresh </strong>to refresh the list.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search Config </strong>to specify a network segment to search.</li>
<li>Right-click a device to visit its Web interface.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>3. </strong>On the <strong>Managed Device </strong>list, check the status of the added devices and do the following:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>To</strong></td>
<td><strong>How To</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Add device</td>
<td>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
<li>Choose a mode. The device username (admin) and password are always</li>
</ol>
<p>required, regardless of the mode you choose.</p>
<ul>
<li>IP/Domain: Add a device with a known IP address.</li>
<li>IP Segment: Add multiple devices with continuous IP addresses.</li>
<li>MyDDNS: DDNS must be enabled on the device and port mapping must be completed beforehand. See Appendix for details.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to add to the default group, or <strong>Add to Group </strong>to add to a specified group.</li>
</ol>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Edit Device</td>
<td>Select device(s) and then click <strong>Edit</strong>. This button is especially useful when you want to set the same username and password for adding multiple devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Delete device</td>
<td>Select device(s) and then click <strong>Delete</strong>. The deleted online devices are still on the <strong>Online Device </strong>list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sync time</td>
<td>Click <strong>TimeSync </strong>to sync your PC&#8217;s system time to the selected devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View device</p>
<p>status</td>
<td>Click <strong>Status </strong>to view device online/offline status, alarm subscription status, recording status, and storage medium status.</p>
<p>You may refresh manually or set an interval to refresh automatically.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>To</strong></td>
<td><strong>How To</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Use buttons in the</p>
<p><strong>Operation</strong></p>
<p>column</td>
<td>^3: Edit device name, IP address, username/password. If the device status is <strong>Offline(incorrect username or password)</strong>, click this button and change the password to the actual password. You may also double-click to edit a device. ^¡D: Configure image, encoding and OSD settings of a device (see Configure an Encoding Device).</p>
<p>* ^3: Visit the Web interface of the device.</p>
<p>^9: Restart device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark28"></a> Configure an Encoding Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark30"></a> KSJ</p>
<p>On the <strong>Managed Device </strong>list, click for an online device to configure image, encoding , OSD and temperature measurement settings without opening the Web interface of the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark32"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>This function requires device support and it may be unavailable if the device version is too low.</li>
<li>Temperature measurement parameters are available to thermal cameras only.</li>
<li>The configurations displayed may vary with device version and how the device is managed.</li>
<li>For detailed explanations of image, encoding, OSD and temperature measurement parameters, please see device user manual.</li>
<li>OSD configuration is not available on Mac OS.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="882" height="527" class="wp-image-2685" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-3.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 3" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 689" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-3.jpeg 882w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-3-300x179.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-3-768x459.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 882px) 100vw, 882px" /></p>
<p>Note:</p>
<ul>
<li>The changed image and OSD settings take effect immediately. Encoding and temperature measurement settings must be saved first before they take effect.</li>
<li>For an NVR, you need to select a camera from the drop-down list.</li>
<li>When configuring OSD, you can double-click the image to display in full screen; the blue boxes (Areal, 2 &#8230;) appear only in the preview and do not display on the live view image. You can drag an OSD to relocate it.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark34"></a> Group Management</p>
<p>You can create groups and manage cameras in different groups.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Add a group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="348" height="195" class="wp-image-2686" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-4.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 4" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 690" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-4.jpeg 348w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-4-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 348px) 100vw, 348px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Import cameras to the group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="916" height="627" class="wp-image-2687" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-5.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 5" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 691" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-5.jpeg 916w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-5-300x205.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-5-768x526.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 916px) 100vw, 916px" /></p>
<p>* To import cameras: click the group on the right, select cameras on the left, and then click <strong>Import Selected</strong>. To import all cameras, click <strong>Import All</strong>.</p>
<p>* To remove a camera from a group, place the mouse pointer on the camera and click <strong>Delete</strong>.</p>
<p>* To rename a camera in a group, place the mouse pointer on the camera and click <strong>Rename</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark36"></a> Decoding Device</p>
<p>You need to add a decoding device before you can use the video wall function. The steps are similar to adding an encoding device. See Add an Encoding Device for reference.</p>
<p>Note: Add a decoding device as admin.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark38"></a> Cloud Device</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark40"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>The software can manage up to 64 cloud devices simultaneously, including your own devices and devices shared from other cloud accounts. If the total number of cloud devices exceeds the limit, you can click <strong>Device Details </strong>and use the <strong>Add Manage </strong>or <strong>Cancel </strong>button to specify the cloud devices you want to manage.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Device Management </strong>on the control panel and then follow the steps.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Device </strong>&gt; <strong>Cloud Device</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Register </strong>to sign up for a cloud account; if you already have one, proceed to step 3.</li>
<li>Enter your username and password for your cloud account, and then click <strong>Login</strong>. Devices under your cloud account are listed, including your cloud devices (under <strong>My Cloud Device</strong>) and devices shared from other cloud accounts (under <strong>Shared Cloud Device</strong>).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="917" height="315" class="wp-image-2688" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-6.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 6" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 692" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-6.jpeg 917w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-6-300x103.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-6-768x264.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 917px) 100vw, 917px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li>Use the buttons under <strong>Operation </strong>to edit device name, configure image, encoding and OSD settings, open the Web interface of the device, or restart a device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel </strong>to cancel the management of a device without deleting the device from the cloud account.</li>
<li>Click <strong>TimeSync </strong>to keep a device synchronized with your PC&#8217;s system time.</li>
</ul>
<p>* Click <strong>Device Details </strong>to add, edit, delete cloud devices, to share or cancel sharing, to manage or</p>
<p>cancel management.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="902" height="381" class="wp-image-2689" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-7.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 7" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 693" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-7.jpeg 902w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-7-300x127.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-7-768x324.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 902px) 100vw, 902px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to add device(s) to your cloud account (the register code required is displayed in the Web interface of the device; see device user manual for details); click <strong>Delete </strong>to delete device(s) from your cloud account.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add Manage </strong>to add device(s) to the software; click <strong>Cancel </strong>to cancel management without deleting the device from the cloud account.</li>
<li>Double-click a device or click <strong>Edit </strong>to change the device&#8217;s name. To sync the new name to cloud, select <strong>Sync to Cloud</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Share </strong>to share device(s) with another cloud account. Set a sharing period and permissions as needed. The permissions are pre-configured on the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Sharing Records </strong>to view sharing history or cancel sharing(s) with other cloud accounts.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Cancel Sharing </strong>to cancel sharing(s) from other cloud accounts.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark42"></a> Access Control Device</p>
<p>See Add an Encoding Device for the steps to adding an access control device. Please add access control devices as admin.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark44"></a> Network Keyboard</p>
<p>A network keyboard can be used to control live video, playback, PTZ camera and sequence resource on a video wall.</p>
<p>The following steps describe how to play live video on a video wall. Before you start, refer to the keyboard user manual to connect the keyboard to your PC. And then, click <strong>Device Management </strong>on the control panel and follow the steps.</p>
<ol>
<li>Add a camera. On the <strong>Camera </strong>tab, click <strong>Add</strong>, select the camera to play on the video wall and click <strong>OK</strong>. The camera appears on the list.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You will use the number (e.g., <strong>222</strong>) later when operating the keyboard.</p>
<p>Camera Video Wall Sequence Resource</p>
<p>&#8220;I<sup>&#8211;</sup> Add |II| Delete Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>I | Keyboard No. Name Stream Type Operation</p>
<p>□ I 222 192. 168.2.222.001 MainStream</p>
<ol>
<li>Add a video wall. On the <strong>DX Video Wall </strong>tab, click <strong>Add</strong>, select a video wall and then click <strong>OK</strong>. You need to configure video wall first. See Video Wall for details.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You will use the number (e.g., <strong>1</strong>) later when operating the keyboard.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="944" height="109" class="wp-image-2690" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-8.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 8" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 694" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-8.jpeg 944w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-8-300x35.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-8-768x89.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 944px) 100vw, 944px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Add a sequence resource. On the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab, click <strong>Add</strong>, select a sequence resource and then click <strong>OK</strong>. You need to configure sequence resource first. See Sequence Resource for details.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You will use the number (e.g., <strong>1</strong>) later when operating the keyboard.</p>
<p>Video Wall</p>
<p>[nJ Delete</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="44" height="19" class="wp-image-2691" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-9.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 9" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 695"></p>
<p>Keyboard No.</p>
<p>Sequence Resouce</p>
<p>Operation</p>
<ol>
<li>The following operations are on the network keyboard.</li>
<li>Enter the keyboard number in step 2 (e.g., <strong>1</strong>), then press <strong>AUX4</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the window number in the top left corner (which is <strong>1 </strong>in both A and B), then press <strong>MON</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the split-screen number, then press <strong>WIN</strong>. If the window is split (as in A), enter the split-screen number <strong>3</strong>; if the window is not split (as in B), enter <strong>1</strong>. This step is only required for playing live video on video wall. For playing sequence resource, skip this step.</li>
<li>Select the camera or sequence resource to play on the video wall.</li>
<li>Live video: Enter the keyboard number in step 1 (e.g., <strong>222</strong>), then press <strong>CAM</strong>.</li>
<li>Sequence resource: Enter the keyboard number in step 3 (e.g., 1), then press <strong>CAM_G</strong>.</li>
<li>After live video starts on the video wall, you can:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Use the joystick to control the rotation of a PTZ camera, and use the Zoom and Focus buttons to control the zoom and focus.</li>
<li>Use the button to switch live video to recording.</li>
</ul>
<p>See keyboard user manual for more information.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark46"></a> Live View</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark48"></a> Live View</p>
<p>Click <strong>Live View </strong>on the control panel to view live video from cameras.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark50"></a> Play Live Video</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>On the <strong>Camera </strong>tab, double-click a camera or drag it to a window to start live video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="851" height="329" class="wp-image-2692" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-10.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 10" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 696" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-10.jpeg 851w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-10-300x116.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-10-768x297.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 851px) 100vw, 851px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Right-click a camera to choose a stream type, rename the camera, view/change alarm output</p>
<p>status.</p>
<p>View/change alarm output status: Right-click an IPC or a channel under an NVR to view or change its alarm output status. Alarm output needs to be configured beforehand on the device.</p>
<p>Or, hover the mouse on an NVR, click EO to view or change the alarm output status of the NVR and all the channels under it. Click the button in the <strong>Operation </strong>column or the button on the top to change alarm status.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="484" class="wp-image-2693" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-11.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 11" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 697" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-11.jpeg 700w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-11-300x207.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>You may drag the image to play it in another window.</p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Double-click a window to maximize it, and double-click again to restore.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="757" height="407" class="wp-image-2694" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-12.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 12" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 698" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-12.jpeg 757w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-12-300x161.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 757px) 100vw, 757px" /></p>
<p>After maximizing a window, move your mouse to the left or right side on the live view page, and then</p>
<p>click ■“ or ■■ to switch to the live video of previous or next channel.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="775" height="452" class="wp-image-2695" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-13.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 13" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 699" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-13.jpeg 775w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-13-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-13-768x448.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 775px) 100vw, 775px" /></p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>Use the live view toolbar or window toolbar during live view.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark52"></a> Play Live Video by View</p>
<p><strong>By default view</strong></p>
<p>On the <strong>View </strong>tab, double-click a default view or click <strong>Play </strong>to start live video from the corresponding number of cameras on the camera list: 4 cameras for 4-split view, 9 for 9-split view, 16 for 16-split view, and 25 for 25-split view. Take the <strong>4-Split </strong>view as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="401" height="375" class="wp-image-2696" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-14.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 14" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 700" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-14.jpeg 401w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-14-300x281.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 401px) 100vw, 401px" /></p>
<p>Live video from the first 4 cameras on the camera list will be played, illustrated as below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Cam 1</td>
<td>Cam 2</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cam 3</td>
<td>Cam 4</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>By custom view</strong></p>
<p>Play live video from specified cameras by a custom view.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>On the <strong>View </strong>tab, click the <strong>Add View </strong>button to create a view. You may also click <strong>View </strong>on the control panel to add a sequence resource.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="372" height="474" class="wp-image-2697" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-15.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 15" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 701" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-15.jpeg 372w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-15-235x300.jpeg 235w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 372px) 100vw, 372px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="38" class="wp-image-2698" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-16.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 16" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 702"></p>
<p><strong>2.</strong></p>
<p>Select a window layout. Click</p>
<p>to edit a custom layout, use <strong>Combine </strong>or <strong>Undo </strong>when editing.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="522" height="402" class="wp-image-2699" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-17.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 17" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 703" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-17.jpeg 522w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-17-300x231.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 522px) 100vw, 522px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Drag cameras or sequence resources to the intended windows one by one.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Double-click the custom view or click <strong>Play </strong>to start live video from cameras (specified in step 3) in the corresponding windows in the layout (set in step 2).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="366" height="462" class="wp-image-2700" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-18.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 18" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 704" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-18.jpeg 366w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-18-238x300.jpeg 238w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 366px) 100vw, 366px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark54"></a> Live View Control</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark56"></a> Live View Toolbar</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>|</td>
<td>CEK [EH</td>
<td>KI (fi) Oi</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td colspan="3">Set window layout.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The live view toolbar is at the bottom of the live view window.</p>
<p><strong>0 0 0 0 0 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0 0 0</strong></p>
<p><strong>0</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Save the current view directly or as another view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Close all windows playing video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Snapshot all.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Start recording of all windows playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>Stop recording of all windows playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Pause/resume sequence display</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H/I</td>
<td>Play the previous/next group or view in sequence display.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J</td>
<td>Switch to full screen mode. Press <strong>Esc </strong>to exit.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark58"></a> Live View Window Toolbar</p>
<p>The window toolbar appears when you place the mouse pointer on a live view window. The toolbar is effective only to the current window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="914" height="83" class="wp-image-2701" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-19.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 19" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 705" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-19.jpeg 914w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-19-300x27.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-19-768x70.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 914px) 100vw, 914px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Take a snapshot. The snapshot format and storage path are configurable in System Configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Records live video playing in current window to the PC.</p>
<p>The video format and storage path are configurable in System Configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Digital zoom. When enabled, drag the mouse to draw an area on the image to zoom in on, and use the scroll wheel to zoom in or out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Adjusts the speaker volume or mute it for the PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Two-way audio.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>Starts instant playback. Plays back the live video playing in the current window for the last 5 minutes and 30 seconds. The playback pauses at the end, and you need to start live video manually.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Stream type, bit rate and resolution of the current video.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="45" class="wp-image-2702" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-20.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 20" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 706"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="46" class="wp-image-2703" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-21.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 21" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 707"></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark16"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>The toolbar shows panel.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark18"></a> &lt;o&gt;</p>
<p>when the camera is a PTZ camera. Click this button to open the PTZ control</p>
<p>The toolbar shows control panel.</p>
<p>when the camera is a fisheye camera. Click this button to open the fisheye</p>
<p>The toolbar shows tracking mode.</p>
<p>when the camera is a multi-sensor camera. Click this button to enable</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark60"></a> Live View Shortcut Menu</p>
<p>A shortcut menu appears when you right-click a live view window. Some items on the menu provide same functions as the live view toolbar and window toolbar. Some are described in the table below.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stream Type</td>
<td>Select a stream type for the current window: auto, main, sub and third stream (options may vary with device).</p>
<p><strong><em>Note</em></strong><em>:</em></p>
<p><em>Sub Stream and Third Stream are not displayed if not available.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Manual Alarm</td>
<td>Trigger an alarm manually.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note</em></strong><em>:</em></p>
<p><em>It is recommended that you first configure the action(s) to trigger (see Configure Alarm-Triggered Action). A click of this button will generate an alarm and trigger the configured action(s).</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Camera Info</td>
<td>Display frame rate, resolution, bit rate, video compression format, and packet loss rate for the window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>System</p>
<p>Configuration</td>
<td>Open the System Configuration window (See System Configuration).</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark62"></a> S’ NOTE!</p>
<p>The default stream type is auto.</p>
<ul>
<li>For local devices, the client chooses a stream type according to the screen layout.</li>
<li><em>4 windows or less: Main stream</em></li>
<li><em>4 to 16 windows(16 included): Sub stream</em></li>
<li><em>More than 16 windows: Third stream</em></li>
<li>For cloud devices, the default is third stream.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark64"></a> PTZ Control</p>
<p>Control the rotation direction and speed, pan/tilt/zoom, focus of a PTZ camera. The software also provides other functions including 3D positioning, preset, and patrol functions.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark66"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>PTZ control is available to PTZ cameras only and it may vary depending on the camera&#8217;s capability and the protocol it supports. For example, some manufacturers reserve certain presets for special use such as wiper or menu. Please refer to camera specifications before use.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark68"></a> PTZ Control Panel</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="36" class="wp-image-2704" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-22.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 22" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 708"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="34" class="wp-image-2705" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-23.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 23" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 709"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="623" height="364" class="wp-image-2706" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-24.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 24" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 710" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-24.jpeg 623w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-24-300x175.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>on the live view window toolbar to open the PTZ control panel, which can fold and expand.</p>
<p>You can also move the control panel to the left by clicking</p>
<p><strong>Parameter Description</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="162" height="160" class="wp-image-2707" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-25.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 25" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 711"></p>
<p>Control rotation direction or stop rotation.</p>
<p><strong><em>Tip:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>You may also use shortcut PTZ control to rotate the camera: place the mouse pointer on the live view window, and when the shape</em></li>
</ul>
<p><em>changes to like, click and hold the left button to rotate the</em></p>
<p><em>camera.</em></p>
<ul>
<li><em>You can enable or disable </em><strong><em>Shortcut PTZ Control </em></strong><em>under </em><strong><em>System Configuration </em></strong><em>&gt; </em><strong><em>Audio &amp; Video</em></strong></li>
<li><em>Shortcut PTZ control is not effective when 3D positioning is enabled.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="93" class="wp-image-2708" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-26.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 26" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 712"></p>
<p>Adjust focus and zoom.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Control the light.</li>
<li>Control the wiper.</li>
<li>Control the IR.</li>
<li>Control the heater.</li>
<li>Control the snow removal function.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Adjust rotation speed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Click the tab to enable/disable 3D positioning. With 3D positioning enabled:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click somewhere on the image, and the camera automatically rotates toward the direction.</li>
<li>Drag the mouse from top to bottom to zoom in on the selected area. Drag from bottom to top to zoom out.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>■</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Preset tab.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">□</td>
<td>Patrol tab.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Auto Guard tab.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark70"></a> Preset</p>
<p>Add a preset to save the status of a PTZ camera. When needed, you can rotate the camera to the previously set position with one click of the button. Presets are also used to set a preset patrol (see Preset Patrol).</p>
<ol>
<li>Rotate the camera to the desired direction.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="275" height="147" class="wp-image-2709" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-27.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 27" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 713"></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Preset </strong>tab, click <strong>Add Preset</strong>. Enter a preset number that is not in use; otherwise, the</li>
</ol>
<p>existing preset will be replaced by the new preset.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark72"></a> Preset Patrol</p>
<p>The camera patrols along multiple presets in the set order and stays at each preset for certain length of time. Because a preset patrol route consists of presets, you need to add all the needed presets first (see Preset).</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Patrol </strong>tab, click <strong>Set Patrol</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="155" class="wp-image-2710" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-28.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 28" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 714"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="906" height="485" class="wp-image-2711" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-29.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 29" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 715" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-29.jpeg 906w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-29-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-29-768x411.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>, select a preset, and set the length of time that the camera stays at this position. Repeat this step to all the necessary presets.</li>
<li>Use the <strong>Set Top</strong>, <strong>Up</strong>, <strong>Down</strong>, <strong>Set Bottom </strong>buttons to adjust the order in which the camera patrols.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="268" height="148" class="wp-image-2712" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-30.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 30" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 716"></p>
<ol>
<li>The patrol route appears in the patrol route list. Click <strong>Start Patrol</strong>, and the camera will patrol along the presets that you have set.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark74"></a> Recorded Patrol</p>
<p>The user operates the camera, and meanwhile the software records the movement track and status of the camera and saves it as a patrol route. Currently one recorded patrol route is supported.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="272" height="153" class="wp-image-2713" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-31.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 31" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 717"></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Start Recording Patrol Route </strong>( ).</li>
<li>Use the directional buttons or shortcut PTZ control to rotate the camera to desired directions and stay for the intended length of time. Adjust zoom and focus as needed.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Stop Recording Patrol Route</strong>. The recorded patrol route appears in the patrol route list (by the name 0[Recorded Patrol]).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Start Patrol </strong>( ). The camera will repeat the actions you performed during the patrol.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark76"></a> Auto Guard</p>
<p>After auto guard is enabled, the camera performs the action (start patrol or go to the preset) as configured if no operation is made during the specified time period.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="724" height="388" class="wp-image-2714" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-32.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 32" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 718" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-32.jpeg 724w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-32-300x161.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 724px) 100vw, 724px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark78"></a> Fisheye Control</p>
<p>Fisheye control, set mount mode and display mode to get desired images:</p>
<ul>
<li>Mount: Ceiling, Wall, Desktop</li>
<li>Display Mode: Original Image, 360° Panoramic+1PTZ, 180° Panoramic, Fisheye+3PTZ,</li>
</ul>
<p>Fisheye+4PTZ, 360° Panoramic+6PTZ, Fisheye+8PTZ, Panoramic, Panoramic+3PTZ,</p>
<p>Panoramic+4PTZ, Panoramic+8PTZ (clicking Original Image switches from dewarping mode to normal mode).</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark80"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>The fisheye control button is available to fisheye cameras only.</li>
<li>In dewarping mode, you may click a PTZ window and then use the mouse to drag the image, or zoom in/out using the scroll wheel; or click a panoramic window and then drag, zoom in or out on the demarcation area.</li>
<li>Digital zoom is disabled in dewarping mode, and the digital zoom button is hidden. If you switch to dewarping mode when digital zoom is enabled, digital zoom will be disabled automatically, and the image restores its original size.</li>
<li>Dewarping mode is not available when resolution is below than D1, and the fisheye control button is grayed out.</li>
<li>Fisheye control is not available on Mac OS.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark82"></a> Tracking Mode</p>
<p>In tracking mode, if you play main stream of the multi-sensor camera, the camera will automatically track the objects that trigger the set alarm rule.</p>
<p>in the live view or playback window toolbar. The window is split into multiple windows:</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Click</p>
<p>one big window showing the panoramic image, and multiple small windows showing PTZ images.</p>
<p>The boxes on the panoramic image match the PTZ images.</p>
<ol>
<li>Perform the following operations as needed:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Drag a box in the panoramic image to change the range of the corresponding PTZ image.</li>
<li>Scroll your mouse wheel on a box or a PTZ image to zoom in or out.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark84"></a> g* NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>To use auto tracking function, you need to enable perimeter protection function for the camera first.</li>
<li>Enabling tracking mode will disable digital zoom.</li>
<li>Tracking mode is not available on Mac OS.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark86"></a> Sequence Display</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark88"></a> Sequence Resource</p>
<p>Play live video from cameras in a group one by one in a window. First, you need to create a sequence resource.</p>
<p><strong>Create a sequence resource</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Live View </strong>page, click the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab, and then click the <strong>Add </strong>button. You may also click <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>on the control panel to add a sequence resource.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="407" height="304" class="wp-image-2715" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-33.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 33" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 719" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-33.jpeg 407w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-33-300x224.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 407px) 100vw, 407px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Complete settings in the window, including sequence resource name, sequence interval, video channels to include, stream type, preset (PTZ camera). Click the <strong>Top</strong>, <strong>Up</strong>, <strong>Down </strong>and <strong>Bottom </strong>buttons to adjust the sequence as needed.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="495" class="wp-image-2716" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-34.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 34" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 720" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-34.jpeg 850w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-34-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-34-768x447.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /></p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Play a sequence resource</strong></p>
<p>Double-click the sequence resource on the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab to start sequence display.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark90"></a> Sequence View</p>
<p><strong>Sequence a default view</strong></p>
<p>Play live video from cameras on the camera list in sequence based on a default view.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>View </strong>tab, click the <strong>Sequence Display </strong>button for a split view. Take <strong>4-Split </strong>view for example.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="398" height="459" class="wp-image-2717" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-35.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 35" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 721" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-35.jpeg 398w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-35-260x300.jpeg 260w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 398px) 100vw, 398px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Set sequence display interval.</li>
<li>Assume there are eight cameras, and the sequence interval is set to 20 seconds. Then the sequence is illustrated as shown below.</li>
</ol>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Cam 1</th>
<th>Cam 2</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Cam 3</td>
<td>Cam 4</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<thead>
<tr>
<th>Cam 5</th>
<th>Cam 6</th>
<th></th>
<th>Cam 1</th>
<th>Cam 2</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Cam 7</td>
<td>Cam 8</td>
<td></td>
<td>Cam 3</td>
<td>Cam</p>
<p>4</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>20s20s</p>
<p><strong>Sequence custom views</strong></p>
<p>Play live video by custom views in sequence.</p>
<ol>
<li>To create a custom view, click <strong>Add View</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="367" height="471" class="wp-image-2718" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-36.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 36" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 722" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-36.jpeg 367w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-36-234x300.jpeg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 367px) 100vw, 367px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Complete the settings in the window, including the view name, window layout, binding between the cameras/sequence resources and the windows (by dragging the cameras/sequence resources to the windows or by clicking <strong>Batch Add</strong>), stream type (for cameras only) and preset (for PTZ cameras only). Click <strong>OK </strong>when you complete the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="179" height="21" class="wp-image-2719" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-37.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 37" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 723"></p>
<p>View Info</p>
<p>Name</p>
<p>Video Channel</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>&#8211; □ Br IPC(3/3)</p>
<p>□ dh HIC6881-IR_192. 168.2.221</p>
<p>+ □ 7T TIC2221TER5-F3-4F4APCA_19—</p>
<ul>
<li>□ ftfr NVR(14/18)</li>
</ul>
<p>+ □ NVR301-04LB-P4_192. 168. 2. —</p>
<p>+ □ NVR304-16E-B-DTJ92. 168. 2—</p>
<ul>
<li>| | Group(2/2)</li>
</ul>
<p>Sequence Resource —(— [nJ</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>door</p>
<p>front</p>
<p>Channel Name Stream</p>
<p>Preset</p>
<p>Remarks:</p>
<p>OK 1 Cancel</p>
<ol>
<li>Repeat the above steps to create all the custom views you need.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="99" class="wp-image-2720" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-38.png" alt="word image 2682 38" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 724" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-38.png 393w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-38-300x76.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /> Click the <strong>Sequence Display </strong>button to sequence the custom views you have created.</p>
<p><strong>4.</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark92"></a> Recording and Playback</p>
<p>Record videos and search for playback or download.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark94"></a> Configure a Recording Schedule</p>
<p>Configure a recording schedule for an NVR to record video automatically. This function is available to NVR-connected cameras only. The recorded videos are saved on the NVR, not on the PC.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Recording Schedule </strong>on the control panel and then follow the steps.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark96"></a> Configure a 24/7 Recording Schedule</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="874" height="323" class="wp-image-2721" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-39.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 39" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 725" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-39.jpeg 874w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-39-300x111.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-39-768x284.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 874px) 100vw, 874px" /></p>
<p>Use the template to configure a 24/7 recording schedule.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Select the camera for which you want to configure a recording schedule.</p>
<ol>
<li>Make sure the <strong>Enable </strong>check box is selected.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Select </strong>button and then select the <strong>All Day </strong>template. The green on the calendar means time periods during which video will be recorded.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark98"></a> Customize a Recording Schedule</p>
<p>Customize based on the 24/7 recording schedule.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click or drag on the green to erase, or click or drag on blank areas to draw. Clicking the <strong>Clear </strong>button in the top right corner will clear all time periods.</li>
<li>In addition to the method described in step 1, you may also enter start and end times manually.</li>
</ol>
<p>Up to 8 time periods are allowed for each day.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="914" height="42" class="wp-image-2722" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-40.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 40" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 726" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-40.jpeg 914w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-40-300x14.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-40-768x35.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 914px) 100vw, 914px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>After you complete the settings for a day, you may select from the drop-down list and copy the settings to other days. For example, select <strong>All</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save </strong>to complete the configuration for the selected camera.</li>
<li>To make the same recording schedule for other cameras, click <strong>Copy To.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark100"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>In addition to the <strong>All Day </strong>and <strong>Work Day </strong>templates, you may customize 8 templates to save different recording schedules.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark102"></a> Record Video Manually</p>
<p>Save live video to your PC as local recording by clicking the Start Local Recording</p>
<p>) and Stop</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="40" height="34" class="wp-image-2723" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-41.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 41" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 727"></p>
<p>Local Recording (</p>
<p>buttons on the window toolbar. The storage path and video format are</p>
<p>configured in System Configuration.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="31" class="wp-image-2724" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-42.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 42" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 728"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="711" height="298" class="wp-image-2725" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-43.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 43" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 729" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-43.jpeg 711w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-43-300x126.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 711px) 100vw, 711px" /></p>
<p><strong>Step</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark104"></a> Playback</p>
<p>Click <strong>Playback </strong>on the control panel to search and play recordings, including device recordings and local recordings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark106"></a> Play Device Recordings</p>
<p>Device recordings refer to videos stored on an NVR or an SD card that is mounted on a camera. When you search for device recordings, the time displayed is same with the system time of the device, not your PC. The GUI and operations may vary with the playback type you choose. We take Normal Recording Playback for example to describe the general procedure.</p>
<p><strong>Description</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="229" height="512" class="wp-image-2726" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-44.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 44" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 730" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-44.jpeg 229w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-44-134x300.jpeg 134w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 229px) 100vw, 229px" /> Select the source of recording (device recording).</li>
<li>Select the playback type.</li>
<li>Select the camera(s).</li>
<li>Select or set the search time. If the device is in another time zone, please use the local time of the device.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>In step 2, you may select a sub type to search for event recordings or VCA recordings.</em></li>
<li><em>In step 3, up to 16 cameras are supported if multiple selections are allowed.</em></li>
<li><em>In step 4: The calendar shows search results for the selected camera(s) (blue means normal recording, and red means alarm recording). This feature is only available to Normal Recording Playback and Smart Recording Playback modes.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark108"></a> Play Local Recording and Image</p>
<p>Search and play videos and images saved on your PC. The time of local recordings is the time of your PC.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Step</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li>Select the source of recording (local recording).</li>
</ol>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>&#8211; □ IPCÖ/3)</p>
<p>□ « HIC6881-IR_192.168.2.221</p>
<p>+ □ ÎW TIC2221TER5-F3-4F4APCA_192.168.2—</p>
<p>2 &#8211; ■ to NVB(4/12)</p>
<p>+ ® Hfe HVR301-04LB-P4_192.168.2.107(2/3)</p>
<p>+ H NVE304-16E-B-DT_192.168.2.104(2/9)</p>
<p>&#8211; □ to ACCESS(1/3)</p>
<p>□ W ET-B31H-M_192. 168.2.13</p>
<p>□ ÎT ET-B31H-MJ92. 168.2.214</p>
<p>□ ET-B32LJ92.168.2.33</p>
<p>&#8221; I I Group(2/2)</p>
<p>+ □ tol 2(2/2)</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the camera(s).</li>
<li>Select or set the search time.</li>
<li>Choose to search for recordings or pictures. The default is to search for recordings.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="193" height="208" class="wp-image-2727" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-45.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 45" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 731"> Click <strong>Search</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p><em>In step 3: The calendar shows search results for the selected camera(s), and blue indicates recording on that day.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark110"></a> Playback Control</p>
<p>Double-click a file on the right-side list to start playback; or click on the timeline to start playback from the corresponding time.</p>
<p><strong>Playback Toolbar</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="889" height="134" class="wp-image-2728" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-46.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 46" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 732" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-46.jpeg 889w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-46-300x45.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-46-768x116.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 889px) 100vw, 889px" /></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Set window layout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Close all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Click to take a snapshot of images in all windows.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Click to switch to synchronous playback mode. In synchronous playback mode, operations (e.g., pause, resume, stop, adjust speed, click on the timeline to start playing from that point) are effective to all the playing windows.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>:</p>
<p>Frequent operations (such as pause/resume, adjust speed) during synchronous playback may affect the synchronous performance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E/H</td>
<td>Play by frame. Click to play the previous/next frame of image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>Pause/resume.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Stop</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I</td>
<td>Adjust playback speed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J</td>
<td>Download recordings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>K</td>
<td>Switch to full screen mode. Press <strong>Esc </strong>to exit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>L/N</td>
<td>Move the timeline forward or backward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>M</td>
<td>Zoom in or out on the timeline.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>O</td>
<td>Click to open a calendar and search recordings of a different date.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Playback Window Toolbar</strong></p>
<p>The window toolbar appears when the mouse pointer rests on a playing window. Operations with the toolbar are for this window only.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="79" class="wp-image-2729" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-47.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 47" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 733" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-47.jpeg 786w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-47-300x30.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-47-768x77.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p><strong>Table 7-1 </strong>Playback Window Toolbar</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Take a snapshot and save it to your PC. The image format and storage path is configurable in system configuration (see System Configuration).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Digital zoom. When enabled, drag the mouse to draw an area on the image to zoom in on, and use the scroll wheel to zoom in or out.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Clip the video to download.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Mute or adjust speaker sound volume on your PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Current bit rate and resolution.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark112"></a> Q NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>The toolbar shows when the camera is a fisheye camera. Click this button to open the fisheye</li>
</ul>
<p>control panel.</p>
<p><strong>|°g|</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>The toolbar shows when the camera is a multi-sensor camera. Click this button to enable</li>
</ul>
<p>tracking mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>You can choose a stream transmission protocol (see System Configuration) according to the network environment to improve image quality.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Right-click Menu</strong></p>
<p>A menu appears when you right-click a window during playback. Many functions on the menu are same to the toolbar buttons.</p>
<p><strong>Playback by View</strong></p>
<p>In normal recording playback mode, playback by view can play recordings of cameras bound to the windows in the set window layout. On the <strong>View </strong>tab, select a custom view, select a date on the calendar, and then click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p>This function is only available to device recording.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark114"></a> Smart Search</p>
<p>The NVR records motion in different areas of the image when recording video. Smart search allows you to locate videos that include motion in the image.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark116"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>This function is available only when the software works with certain NVR models and versions.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>On the <strong>Device </strong>tab, select <strong>Smart Recording Playback </strong>from the drop-down list. Select a camera, and then select a date on the calendar.</p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Search results appear on the timeline. The green means videos with changed images, and the</p>
<p>green part plays at the normal speed; other irrelevant parts play at high speed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="932" height="109" class="wp-image-2730" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-48.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 48" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 734" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-48.jpeg 932w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-48-300x35.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-48-768x90.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 932px) 100vw, 932px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>By default, smart search searches the entire screen. You may click the <strong>Draw Area </strong>button (1) and then drag or click to edit the search area (covered by red grid).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="941" height="428" class="wp-image-2731" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-49.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 49" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 735" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-49.jpeg 941w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-49-300x136.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-49-768x349.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 941px) 100vw, 941px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Finish Drawing </strong>button (2), adjust search sensitivity as needed, and then click the <strong>Search </strong>button (3) to search again.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark118"></a> Recording Download</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark120"></a> Download Recordings</p>
<p>Use the following methods to download recordings from a device to your PC. Download progress displays in real time on the bottom toolbar.</p>
<p>* After a search, click the <strong>Download </strong>button (^3) under the recording list (see Playback Toolbar) to</p>
<p>download recordings. Recording download is not available to smart search.</p>
<p>Choose a download speed:</p>
<ol>
<li>High speed: Consumes more network bandwidth and PC performance and may affect other services. This option is recommended for scenarios where there is no need to guarantee the normal operation of other programs or services.</li>
<li>Normal speed: Consumes less network bandwidth and PC performance and has limited impact on other services. This option is recommended for scenarios that need to guarantee adequate performance resources and network bandwidth for other programs or services.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Use the <strong>Start Clipping </strong>and <strong>Stop Clipping </strong>buttons on the window toolbar (see Playback Window Toolbar).</li>
<li>Use the right-click menu.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Recording Download </strong>button ( ) in the lower left corner of the GUI, search device</li>
</ul>
<p>recordings and then download recording files. You can also download the recordings by time.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark122"></a> Manage Download Tasks</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Click the <strong>Task Management </strong>button ( ) in the lower left corner of the GUI to manage download</p>
<p>tasks.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="895" height="174" class="wp-image-2732" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-50.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 50" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 736" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-50.jpeg 895w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-50-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-50-768x149.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>On the <strong>Recording Download </strong>tab, view and manage download tasks. The operations for the tasks vary with download status. You can stop download tasks, delete tasks, resume tasks, play downloaded recordings, and open a folder to view the downloaded recordings.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark124"></a> S’ NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Stopping a download task does not delete the video that&#8217;s already downloaded to your PC.</li>
<li>You may set the file format and path at <strong>System Configuration </strong>&gt; <strong>Audio &amp; Video </strong>&gt; <strong>Recording</strong>.</li>
<li>A video player is needed to play the downloaded recordings.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark126"></a> 8 video wall</p>
<p>Play video on a physical video wall.</p>
<p>Video wall is divided into DX video wall and decoding card video wall, depending on the device used to create the video wall.</p>
<ul>
<li>DX video wall: Video wall created by using a decoding device.</li>
<li>Decoding card video wall: Video wall created using a decoding card on an NVR.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark128"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Add a decoding device or an NVR as admin first under <strong>Device Management </strong>&gt; <strong>Device</strong>.</li>
<li>The number of video walls supported, operations allowed, and functions/features available may vary with decoding device and version.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark130"></a> Add a Video Wall</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="173" height="36" class="wp-image-2733" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-51.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 51" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 737"></p>
<p>Click <strong>Video Wall </strong>on the control panel. For the first time use, click</p>
<p>and then choose</p>
<p>a video wall type. If a video wall already exists, click right to the video wall name to add a video</p>
<p>wall.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="899" height="580" class="wp-image-2734" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-52.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 52" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 738" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-52.jpeg 899w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-52-300x194.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-52-768x495.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 899px) 100vw, 899px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Enter the video wall name.</li>
<li>Select the decoding device you want to use to create the video wall. The software automatically sets the video wall size and binds decoding channels to the windows. Decoding channel names appear on the screen.</li>
<li>Edit the video wall size, resolution or the binding between the decoding channels and windows. Use the <strong>Unbind All </strong>( ) or <strong>Bind All </strong>(^^) button as needed.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li>Make sure the video wall size is consistent with the physical video wall.</li>
<li>Set small pixel pitch LED if necessary. The special LED width is the width of the last column; the</li>
</ul>
<p>special LED height is the height of the last row. The unit is pixel.</p>
<ol>
<li>To edit or delete a video wall, click next to the video wall name.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark132"></a> Video Wall Operations</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark134"></a> Play Video on Video Wall</p>
<p>□ after an online camera</p>
<p>Before playing video on a video wall, you can place the mouse pointer on</p>
<p>to preview live video.</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag cameras to windows to start live video on the video wall.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark136"></a> 3 NOTE!</p>
<p>Some video walls require you to open window(s) on the screen first. The functions available may vary depending on the actual video wall, for example, you may open a window manually by dragging on the screen, automatically by choosing an existing layout, or by setting coordinates and window size.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="707" height="411" class="wp-image-2735" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-53.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 53" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 739" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-53.jpeg 707w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-53-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 707px) 100vw, 707px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To start live video from multiple cameras or group(s), select the cameras or group(s), click a window and then click <strong>Play on Screen </strong>or <strong>Play on Wall</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Play on Screen: Play on one window.</li>
<li>Play on Wall: Play on multiple windows.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>To play a signal source (such as from a PC), click the <strong>Signal Source </strong>tab, and then drag the signal source to the intended window.</li>
<li>To choose a window to play alarm-triggered live video, right-click the window and click <strong>Set Alarming Window</strong>. Make sure alarm-triggered live video is configured (see Configure Alarm- Triggered Action for details). To cancel the setting, right-click the window and click <strong>Cancel Alarming Window</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark138"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Only one window can be set as the alarming window.</li>
<li>If the video wall is created using an NVR&#8217;s decoding card, alarm-triggered live video is only available to a camera under the NVR.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark140"></a> Output Audio</p>
<p>Use the audio output channel of a DX device to output audio of a camera playing in a window or a screen. Only DX video wall created with certain DX device models supports this feature.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="920" height="494" class="wp-image-2736" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-54.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 54" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 740" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-54.jpeg 920w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-54-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-54-768x412.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 920px) 100vw, 920px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="36" class="wp-image-2737" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-55.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 55" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 741"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="37" class="wp-image-2738" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-56.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 56" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 742"></p>
<p><strong>1.</strong></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>(1),</p>
<p>and then select the audio channel.</p>
<p><strong>2. </strong>Click a window/screen, and then click</p>
<p>(2); or right-click and then select <strong>Turn Audio On. </strong>An</p>
<p>icon appears in the top right corner, means the audio channel is outputting audio of the IPC in the window/screen.</p>
<p><strong>3. </strong>Adjust output volume or mute the sound as needed.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark142"></a> Play Sequence Resource</p>
<p>Play sequence resources on video wall. Three sequence modes are available: sequence video on a single window, sequence video on multiple windows, and sequence scenes.</p>
<p><strong>Sequence on Single Window</strong></p>
<p>On the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab, drag a sequence resource to a window.</p>
<p><strong>Sequence on Multiple Windows</strong></p>
<p>On the <strong>Sequence Resource </strong>tab, select the sequence resource, click <strong>Play on Screen</strong>, and then select the windows.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="895" height="422" class="wp-image-2739" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-57.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 57" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 743" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-57.jpeg 895w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-57-300x141.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-57-768x362.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></p>
<p><strong>Sequence Scenes</strong></p>
<p>Scene refers to video wall settings including screen layout, window, and video service (live view or sequence). The scene allows you to recall the video wall settings with one click of a button. Sequence scenes is to display different scenes according to set time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="36" height="36" class="wp-image-2740" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-58.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 58" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 744"></p>
<p><strong>1.</strong></p>
<p>Click the right-side</p>
<p>or click</p>
<p>on the <strong>Scene </strong>tab to create scenes.</p>
<p>Scene Info O X</p>
<p>Name</p>
<p>OK Cancel</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Scene Sequence </strong>tab, click Hto create scene sequence plan.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="374" height="427" class="wp-image-2741" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-59.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 59" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 745" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-59.jpeg 374w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-59-263x300.jpeg 263w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 374px) 100vw, 374px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the scenes and import them to the plan.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="941" height="626" class="wp-image-2742" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 60" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 746" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60.jpeg 941w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60-768x511.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-60-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 941px) 100vw, 941px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Set the sequence mode. You may choose to sequence by time interval or configure a 24-hour sequence plan.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Sequence by interval: Display scenes one by one at set intervals, for example, 30 seconds in the figure above.</li>
<li>24-hour plan: Enable the plan, and then set the starting time. The scene will automatically display</li>
</ul>
<p>on the video wall at the set time. You may add scenes repeatedly as needed.</p>
<p>Scene Sequence Plan</p>
<p>Plan Name</p>
<p>Scene</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>□ S 1</p>
<p>Sequence By (•) 24H Plan Interval(s) 30</p>
<p>Delete</p>
<p>| | Scene Name Start Time Operation</p>
<p>□ 1 08:00:00 © V ft i ®</p>
<p>Remarks :</p>
<p>Cancel</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>The scene sequence plan appears on the <strong>Scene Plan </strong>tab. Click <strong>Start </strong>to start scene sequence.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="416" class="wp-image-2743" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-61.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 61" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 747" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-61.jpeg 357w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-61-257x300.jpeg 257w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark144"></a> Other Video Wall Operations</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="938" height="69" class="wp-image-2744" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-62.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 62" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 748" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-62.jpeg 938w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-62-300x22.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-62-768x56.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 938px) 100vw, 938px" /></p>
<p>For more video wall operations, see the tables below.</p>
<p>The buttons on the toolbar are effective to all windows on the video wall.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Save scene. See Sequence Scenes for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Audio management, choose an audio output channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Splice screens (combine several screens to make one bigger screen).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Window management, input coordinates to create a window on the set position with custom window height and width.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Close all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F/H</td>
<td>Lock/unlock window position and shape.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Start decoding in all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>I</td>
<td>Stop decoding in all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>J</td>
<td>Click to renumber all windows according to their positions: from top to bottom, from left to right. The window numbers are displayed in the window&#8217;s top-left corner.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>BCD E F G H Channel Na*e Strea* Preset</strong></p>
<p><strong>O ES H ® [&gt; □ &lt;$ iFikfii* 192.168.2.104.002.192.168.1 Kain <sup>1</sup> ▼</strong></p>
<p><strong>K L</strong></p>
<p><strong>Playback Close Window</strong></p>
<p>Window Virtual LED</p>
<p>Window control area. Buttons in this area are effective to a selected window. The actual buttons available may vary depending on the video wall type and device model.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Split a screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>B</td>
<td>Start decoding.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C</td>
<td>Stop decoding.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>D</td>
<td>Set sound volume.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Set the specified window to display on the top of all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>F</td>
<td>Set the specified window to display on the bottom of all windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>G</td>
<td>Display/hide the window control area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>H</td>
<td>Display a window in full screen mode.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>I/J</td>
<td>Set stream type and preset (PTZ camera only).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>K</td>
<td>Search and play recordings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>L</td>
<td>Close window.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark150"></a> Screen Control</p>
<p>On the <strong>Screen Control </strong>tab, you can turn on/off screens including small pixel pitch LED screens.</p>
<p>Before you operate on the client, make sure the screen, the power distribution box (for LED screen), and the server are properly connected.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark152"></a> Configure Serial Port and Protocol</p>
<p>Configure the serial port and protocol in accordance with the decoding device model and screen type.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="536" height="532" class="wp-image-2745" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-63.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 63" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 749" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-63.jpeg 536w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-63-300x298.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-63-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark154"></a> Turn On or Off the Screen Automatically at a Set Time</p>
<ol>
<li>Select <strong>Turn On At </strong>or <strong>Turn Off At</strong>, and then set the time(s) when the screen automatically turns on or off.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>. The screen will turn on or off automatically at the set time.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark156"></a> Turn On or Off the Screen Manually</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Turn On Screen</strong>. The screen turns on immediately.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Turn Off Screen</strong>. The screen turns off immediately.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark158"></a> Turn Off the Screen with Delay</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the check box for <strong>Turn Off In </strong>and then enter the time in the text box.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Turn Off Screen</strong>.</li>
<li>A message as shown below appears. The screen turns off automatically when the timer expires.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="93" class="wp-image-2746" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-64.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 64" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 750" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-64.jpeg 441w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-64-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark160"></a> Behavior Search</p>
<p>Search VCA images and recordings from an NVR.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark162"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>This feature is available on certain NVR devices/versions. Currently this feature only supports Cross Line Detection and Intrusion Detection.</p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Follow the steps as illustrated on the image.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="953" height="451" class="wp-image-2747" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-65.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 65" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 751" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-65.jpeg 953w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-65-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-65-768x363.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 953px) 100vw, 953px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Perform the following operations as needed.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Play or download the alarm video (5). The alarm video is 10 seconds long (5s before and 5s after the alarm time).</li>
<li>View or save the alarm image (6). You can click the left or right arrow to view the previous or next image.</li>
<li>Click (7) to switch to list mode.</li>
<li>Click (8) to export search results.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark146"></a> 10</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark148"></a> Face Recognition</p>
<p>View live video, alarm records and pass-through records; manage device face libraries and monitoring tasks. Use face recognition to search people and count people coming in and out.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark164"></a> Realtime Monitoring</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="868" height="395" class="wp-image-2748" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-66.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 66" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 752" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-66.jpeg 868w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-66-300x137.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-66-768x349.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></p>
<p>View live video and snapshots of people passing through, view realtime alarm records.</p>
<p>Double-click a camera to start live video. Up to four cameras are allowed.</p>
<p>Perform the following operations as needed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Click a snapshot to view details. Click <strong>More </strong>to go to the <strong>Pass-Thru Records </strong>tab. If a face is identified as a stranger, you can add it to a face library: put your mouse pointer on the snapshot,</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="39" height="41" class="wp-image-2749" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-67.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 67" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 753"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="327" class="wp-image-2750" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-68.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 68" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 754" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-68.jpeg 434w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-68-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></p>
<p>, enter the required information, and choose the target library.</p>
<p>click</p>
<p>* View realtime alarms. Click <strong>More </strong>to go to the <strong>Alarm Records </strong>tab.</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose a record type:</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Comparison Record</strong>: Click an icon to filter alarm records by comparison result (</p>
<p>for match,</p>
<p>for not match).</p>
<p>* <strong>Mask&amp;Temperature Records</strong>: View records of people not wearing a mask and people with an abnormal temperature.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="422" height="106" class="wp-image-2751" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-69.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 69" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 755" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-69.jpeg 422w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-69-300x75.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click a record to view the corresponding face comparison information. Personal information is displayed only when the degree of match between the captured face and the face in the library reaches the set alarm threshold. See Monitoring Task for details.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>View people counting statistics. The statistics are displayed only when <strong>Mask&amp;Temperature Record </strong>is chosen.</li>
</ul>
<p>To view the statistics of people not wearing a mask and people with an abnormal temperature, you need to enable <strong>Mask Detection </strong>and <strong>Abnormal Temperature Detection </strong>first. See System Configuration for details. The statistics are automatically cleared at 0:00 every day. You can also click <strong>Clear Statistics </strong>to reset the statistics manually.</p>
<p>0 Total: 667 No Mask: 35 Abnormal Temperature: 29 Clear Statistics</p>
<ul>
<li>Configure epidemic control parameters. Click under the live view window to configure</li>
</ul>
<p>epidemic control parameters. See System Configuration for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>Configure attributes to be displayed for match faces and not match faces. Click under the live</li>
</ul>
<p>view window to configure attributes. See System Configuration for details.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark166"></a> 3 NOTE!</p>
<p>A device reports alarms only when a corresponding monitoring task has been configured.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark168"></a> Face Library Management</p>
<p>Manage faces in different libraries to meet different monitoring needs. The libraries are saved on the device.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark170"></a> Create Face Library</p>
<p>Select the device you want to manage, then the face libraries of the device appear in the list. Click sa to create a new face library. You can edit the library name or delete a library you don’t need anymore.</p>
<p><strong>Face Library</strong></p>
<p>NVR301-04LB<sup>_</sup>P4_192. 168. 2. 107 »</p>
<p>&#8211; to HVR301-04LB-P4J92. 168—</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark172"></a> Add Face Data</p>
<p>Choose one of the following ways to add face data to face libraries.</p>
<p>Option 1: Use Batch Add</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Batch Add</strong>, then select the target face library. You may select multiple libraries of different devices.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>, then select face images you want to add. The images must be JPG files and the size of each photo is between 10KB and 500KB.</li>
<li>Click the edit button, enter the required information.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="561" class="wp-image-2752" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-70.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 70" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 756" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-70.jpeg 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-70-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Click <strong>Next </strong>to save and continue to the next, or click <strong>Finish</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>5. </strong>Click <strong>OK </strong>when you complete the information for all.</p>
<p>Option 2: Import a file containing face data</p>
<p>Import a file that contains the necessary face data. The file and its content must conform to the format, and the size of each photo is between 10KB and 500KB.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Download Template </strong>and then enter the face data into the template file.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Import </strong>and select the file you have edited. The imported data appear in the list. You can click</li>
</ol>
<p>the button in the list&#8217;s upper right corner to switch display mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="889" height="186" class="wp-image-2753" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-71.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 71" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 757" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-71.jpeg 889w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-71-300x63.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-71-768x161.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 889px) 100vw, 889px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Edit or delete face data as you need; click <strong>Export </strong>to save the face data in the current library to a CSV file.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark174"></a> Monitoring Task</p>
<p>Create monitoring tasks using the created face libraries. The device compares the captured faces with the faces in the libraries and reports alarms as configured.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select a camera on the left, and click <strong>Add </strong>to create a monitoring task.</li>
<li>Set the task name, monitoring type, and choose a face library to be used for monitoring. Set the alarm threshold based on your needs.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Match Alarm: If the similarity (or <strong>Match </strong>in <strong>Realtime Monitoring</strong>) between a captured face and a face in the library reaches the alarm threshold, the device reports a Match alarm.</li>
<li>Not Match Alarm: If the similarity between a captured face and a face in the library fails to reach the alarm threshold, the device reports a Not Match alarm.</li>
<li>All: To monitor all the faces that the device captures.</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="#post-2682-bookmark174">Add Moni tori ng Task O X</a></p>
<p>B Task Name</p>
<p>Monitoring Type All ▼</p>
<p>Alarm Threshold 80 „</p>
<p>Kern arks</p>
<p>Q Enter Keywords</p>
<p>” □ KTC6881-IR_192. 168.2.221(2/16)</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark176"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Personal information such as name and ID number will not be displayed in the realtime monitoring window for a Not Match alarm.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>. The task is created and appears in the list. For an NVR channel, you may copy the</li>
</ol>
<p>monitoring task to other channels of the same NVR.</p>
<p>“I<sup>&#8211;</sup> Add |II | Delete Copy To</p>
<p>Q Task Name Alarm Threshold Remarks Face Library</p>
<p>Monitoring Type</p>
<p>Operation</p>
<p>□ 963</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark178"></a> Alarm Records</p>
<p>View alarm records generated by the configured monitoring tasks.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="933" height="136" class="wp-image-2754" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-72.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 72" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 758" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-72.jpeg 933w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-72-300x44.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-72-768x112.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 933px) 100vw, 933px" /></p>
<p>Choose a video channel, set search conditions including monitoring type and alarm time, and then click <strong>Search</strong>. If you chose <strong>Match Alarm </strong>as the monitoring type, you can click <strong>More </strong>to set more conditions including name, ID number, degree of match, mask wearing status, and body temperature range.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark180"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Only NVR channels supporting face detection or face recognition can be selected</p>
<p>Perform the following operations as needed:</p>
<p>* Add the face snapshot of a stranger to a face library</p>
<p>Put your mouse pointer on the face snapshot and then click You need to enter the required</p>
<p>information including name and ID number and specify the target library. <sup><a id="post-2682-footnote-ref-2" href="#post-2682-footnote-2">[1]</a></sup> <sup><a id="post-2682-footnote-ref-3" href="#post-2682-footnote-3">[2]</a></sup> View details</p>
<p>Click a record to view alarm details.</p>
<p>* Export records</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export all the search results.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark182"></a> Pass-Thru Records</p>
<p>View pass-through records, people counting statistics, mask wearing status, body temperatures.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="942" height="87" class="wp-image-2755" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-73.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 73" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 759" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-73.jpeg 942w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-73-300x28.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-73-768x71.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 942px) 100vw, 942px" /></p>
<p>Choose a video channel, set search conditions including alarm time, mask wearing status and temperature range, and click <strong>Search</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark184"></a> 11</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark186"></a> People Counting</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark188"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Count people entered and/or left during a certain period.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark190"></a> g“ NOTE!</p>
<p>This function requires that the camera be capable of people counting and connected to the PC via an NVR.</p>
<p>Click <strong>People Counting </strong>on the control panel. The <strong>People Counting </strong>page is displayed with two tabs:</p>
<ul>
<li>Realtime Statistics: Display counting results of selected cameras in real time, including seven latest counting results.</li>
<li>Report Statistics: Display counting results in a bar chart or a line chart and export.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark192"></a> Realtime Statistics</p>
<p>On the <strong>Realtime Statistics </strong>tab, select the check box for the camera to enable realtime statistics. You may double-click a camera to start live video from it.</p>
<ul>
<li>Enable realtime statistics to view real-time counting results from selected cameras.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="927" height="167" class="wp-image-2756" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-74.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 74" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 760" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-74.jpeg 927w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-74-300x54.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-74-768x138.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 927px) 100vw, 927px" /></p>
<p>Statistics include:</p>
<ul>
<li>Realtime counting results (left side): It is the total number if multiple cameras are selected. The three colors indicate different counting types, and they match the lines on the coordinates on the right side.</li>
<li>7 latest counting results (right side): axis X means time, and axis Y means number of people (the</li>
</ul>
<p>minimum is 0; the maximum is 10 by default and it updates according to the actual counting result).</p>
<p>When realtime statistics is enabled, the first time of counting is displayed in the lower left corner of axis X (1), and the counting result appears on axis Y (e.g., 993). The result updates periodically, and the latest result is displayed on the right (2).</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark194"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Live view and realtime statistics stop automatically when you close the <strong>People Counting </strong>page or log out of the system.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark196"></a> Report Statistics</p>
<p>On the <strong>Report Statistics </strong>tab, select camera(s) and then click on</p>
<p>Today Last 7 days Last 30 days</p>
<p>to</p>
<p>count directly; or set conditions first:</p>
<ul>
<li>Counting type: By minute, hour, day or month.</li>
<li>Set a time period by selecting on the calendar or typing in the field.</li>
</ul>
<p>Count people entered and/or left by selecting the check box(es)</p>
<p>Display results in a line chart or a bar chart by clicking</p>
<p>v* *| People Entered O v* People Left O</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="92" height="53" class="wp-image-2757" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-75.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 75" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 761"><a id="post-2682-bookmark198"></a> 3<sup>1</sup> NOTE!</p>
<p>The maximum time period you can set is 60 time units, depending on the counting type (minute, hour, day or month) you choose. For example, the maximum period is 60 months if you choose to count</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="925" height="335" class="wp-image-2758" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-76.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 76" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 762" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-76.jpeg 925w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-76-300x109.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-76-768x278.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 925px) 100vw, 925px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="41" class="wp-image-2759" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-77.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 77" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 763"> by month, and 60 days if you choose to count by day.</p>
<p>* Click a column title, for example, <strong>People Entered </strong>or <strong>People Left </strong>to sort the results in ascending or descending order.</p>
<p>to display in a bar chart.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export statistics as a CSV file to your PC. You can use Microsoft Office Excel to open the</p>
<p>file.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark200"></a> 12</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark202"></a> Access Control</p>
<p>Manage access control libraries, perform realtime monitoring, search and export entry/exit records.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark204"></a> Library Management</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark206"></a> Add a Library</p>
<p>Add a library for an access control device and use the library to control access.</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose the target access control device in the drop-down list on the left.</li>
<li>Click U behind the device name. A new library appears under the device.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click behind the new library, and enter the device name.</p>
<p><strong>3.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark208"></a> Add Personal Data</p>
<p>Add personal data to the library. You can add data for one person at a time, for multiple person using the Batch Add feature, or for multiple persons at a time by importing a file containing personal data of these persons.</p>
<p><strong>Option 1: Add data for one person</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>&gt; <strong>Add One Person</strong>.</li>
<li>Enter the required information. Click the image on the left to upload a photo.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Next Step</strong>, and choose the target library.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Option 2: Use batch add</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>&gt; <strong>Batch Add</strong>, and choose the target library.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="126" height="157" class="wp-image-2760" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-78.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 78" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 764"> | Il | Delete o X</p>
<p>| | Select All ~j<sup>&#8211;</sup> Add</p>
<p>&lt;No. &gt;</p>
<p><strong>n</strong>* Name</p>
<p>ID No.</p>
<p>IC Card No.</p>
<p>Remarks</p>
<p>Note: To continue editing, click Next.</p>
<p>Next Finish Cancel</p>
<p>OK</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>, and select face image(s) you want to add.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click , and enter required information including name and ID.</p>
<p><strong>4.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Next </strong>to save and continue to the next, or click <strong>Finish</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>when you complete the information for all.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Option 3: Add data for multiple persons at a time by importing a file containing personal data of these persons</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Generate Template</strong>, and use the template to create a file containing the required personal data.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>2.</strong></p>
<p><strong>3.</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Import</strong>, and select the target library.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>Browse. . .</p>
<p>and select the file to import (CSV or XLSX).</p>
<p><strong>4. </strong>Click <strong>Import</strong>.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark210"></a> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Only JPG images are allowed. The size of each image must be within the range of 10KB and 500KB.</li>
<li>XLSX files cannot be imported or exported on Mac OS.</li>
</ul>
<p>The following operations are allowed:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="77" height="46" class="wp-image-2761" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-79.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 79" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 765"></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>in the list&#8217;s upper right corner to switch display mode.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to save data in the library to a CSV or an XLSX file.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark212"></a> Realtime Monitoring</p>
<p>View live video and snapshots of people passing through, take snapshots, use digital zoom, and open</p>
<p>the door remotely.</p>
<p>Double-click a camera or drag it to the window to start live video. Pass-through records are displayed</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="890" height="405" class="wp-image-2762" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-80.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 80" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 766" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-80.jpeg 890w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-80-300x137.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-80-768x349.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 890px) 100vw, 890px" /></p>
<p>on the right side.</p>
<p>The captured face snapshots and the corresponding library photos (if a match is found) are displayed on the right side. You can click a record to view details, including the original snapshot, mask wearing status and body temperature.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="736" height="413" class="wp-image-2763" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-81.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 81" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 767" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-81.jpeg 736w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-81-300x168.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 736px) 100vw, 736px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="49" class="wp-image-2764" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-82.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 82" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 768"> If a face snapshot does not have a match in the library, then no library photo is displayed, and the person will be identified as a strange. You can add the stranger to a library by placing your mouse</p>
<p>. You need to enter a name and ID for the person and</p>
<p>pointer on the face snapshot and clicking specify the target library.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark214"></a><em>NOT</em> NOTE!</p>
<ul>
<li>Mask detection and temperature detection are available only when they are supported by the device and have been configured on the device. See the user manual of the access control device for details.</li>
<li>If the access control device can upload original snapshots, the <strong>Show Original Snapshot </strong>button will be displayed, and you can click it to view the original snapshot.</li>
<li>Up to 10 pass-through records can be displayed. The oldest record will be replaced by the new one when more than ten pass-through records are generated.</li>
<li>Pass-through records are displayed in real time. Restarting the software will clear the pass-through records in realtime monitoring.</li>
<li>You are recommended to configure at least one library before you view pass-through records.</li>
</ul>
<p>The following operations are allowed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Live view window toolbar</li>
</ul>
<p>The window toolbar appears when the mouse pointer rests on a live view window. The toolbar is effective only to the current window. See Live View Window Toolbar for details. The El on the toolbar is used to open doors.</p>
<ul>
<li>Live view toolbar</li>
</ul>
<p>See Live View Toolbar for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>System configuration</li>
</ul>
<p>Cl- k®- th ■ ht t f- I d I ■ d t s s t</p>
<p>Click in the upper right corner to configure alarm sound, pop-up alarm window, etc. See System</p>
<p>Configuration for details.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark216"></a> Entry/Exit Records</p>
<p>Search entry and exit records by time, mask wearing status, body temperature range, authentication result, etc. You can further filter search results by name and IC card number after setting <strong>Authentication Result </strong>to <strong>Succeeded</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="176" class="wp-image-2765" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-83.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 83" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 769" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-83.jpeg 911w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-83-300x58.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-83-768x148.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></p>
<p>The following operations are allowed:</p>
<ul>
<li>Add a stranger to a library quickly</li>
</ul>
<p>The library photo is empty when a stranger is detected. To add the stranger to a library, click in the <strong>Operation </strong>column, enter the required information including name and person ID, click <strong>Next Step</strong>, and then select the target library.</p>
<p>View details</p>
<p>in the <strong>Operation </strong>column to view detailed personal information.</p>
<p>Click</p>
<ul>
<li>Export search results</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to save search results to a CSV or an XLSX file. You can choose to export only text or both text and images.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark218"></a> 13</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark220"></a> E-map</p>
<p>First complete configuration on the <strong>Edit Map </strong>tab, and then use the map on the <strong>Map </strong>tab.</p>
<ul>
<li>Hot spot: Video channels, alarm input/output channels, and devices added to the map. Live view and playback are only available for video channels.</li>
<li>Hot zone: A map on a map. You may add hot spots on a hot zone.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark222"></a> Map Configuration</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark224"></a> Add a Map</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="939" height="409" class="wp-image-2766" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-84.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 84" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 770" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-84.jpeg 939w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-84-300x131.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-84-768x335.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></p>
<p>Add Map</p>
<p>Click <strong>E-map</strong>on the control panel, and then click &#8216; &#8216; J PNG, BMP and JPEG images are allowed</p>
<p>The added map appears on the page and on the <strong>Map Resources </strong>list on the left.</p>
<p>On the <strong>Edit Map </strong>tab, you can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Change the map scale: Use the scroll wheel or click the zoom buttons (1) to zoom in or out.</li>
<li>Eagle eye: Drag on the yellow area (2) to view details on the map (or drag map directly).</li>
<li>Add hot spots (3): Drag devices, video channels, alarm input/output channels to intended</li>
</ul>
<p>positions on the map. See Add a Hot Spot for details.</p>
<ul>
<li>Add hot zones (4): Add a map on the map. Up to 7 layers of maps are allowed. See Add a Hot Zone for details.</li>
<li>Manage pictures (5): Add or delete maps. Deleting a map will also delete all hot spots and hot zones on it.</li>
<li>Edit map resources (6): Edit map name, and change the icon color of hot zones.</li>
<li>Filter map resources (7): Choose to display video channels, alarm input/output channels or devices on the map.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark226"></a> Add a Hot Spot</p>
<p>Add hot spots so you can quickly locate them on the map when any event occurs. Hot spots include video channels, alarm input/output channels and devices. Right-click a hot spot to change color or delete it from the map.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="596" height="171" class="wp-image-2767" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-85.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 85" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 771" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-85.jpeg 596w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-85-300x86.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></p>
<p>When adding a device hot spot, you can also add video channels and alarm input/output channels under it. The channels and the device will appear together on a hot zone on the map. You need to choose a map for the hot zone. Follow the steps as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="934" height="415" class="wp-image-2768" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-86.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 86" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 772" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-86.jpeg 934w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-86-300x133.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-86-768x341.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 934px) 100vw, 934px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark228"></a> Add a Hot Zone</p>
<p>Follow the steps to add a hot zone.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="560" class="wp-image-2769" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-87.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 87" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 773" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-87.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-87-300x194.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-87-768x496.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p>Add Map</p>
<p>Map Name</p>
<p>Add Pictur,</p>
<p>Icon Color White</p>
<p>The hot zone is displayed as an icon on the map and opens when you double-click it. Right-click a hot zone to change color or delete it from the map.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark230"></a> Map Operations</p>
<p>After you complete the configuration, click the <strong>Map </strong>tab to use the map. You may view hot spots, hot zones, alarms, and trigger/clear alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark232"></a> Locate a Hot Spot or Hot Zone on the Map</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Locate </strong>button to locate a hot spot or hot zone on the map.</p>
<p>Map Edit Map</p>
<p><strong>■ap Resources</strong></p>
<p>” map</p>
<p>S street</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li>221_I_0 &lt;§&gt;</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>£ 192.168.2. 221_I_1</p>
<p>Locate</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark234"></a> Hot Spot Operations</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Select </strong>button on the top toolbar and then drag on the map to select hot spots. Different hot spot types allow different operations:</p>
<ul>
<li>Video channel: Select video channels to view live or recorded videos. You may use the window toolbar during live view.</li>
<li>Alarm input: Select channels to clear alarms.</li>
<li>Alarm output: Trigger/clear alarms. You can use the buttons in the <strong>Operation </strong>column or the buttons on the top to trigger or clear alarms.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can also right-click a hot spot to perform the above operations. For alarm input channels and video channels, you can also view alarm information.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="347" class="wp-image-2770" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-88.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 88" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 774" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-88.jpeg 484w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-88-300x215.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark236"></a> Handle Alarms</p>
<p>When an alarm occurs, the corresponding hot spot flashes red on the map. If the hot spot is on a hot zone, the hot zone flashes red. Right-click the hot spot to play live or recorded video, view alarm info or clear the alarm.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="562" height="349" class="wp-image-2771" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-89.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 89" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 775" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-89.jpeg 562w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-89-300x186.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-89-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 562px) 100vw, 562px" /></p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>2021-03-10 11</p>
<p>37:05</p>
<p>37:01</p>
<p>36:55</p>
<p>36:51</p>
<p>36:06</p>
<p>36:02</p>
<p>Video Loss Started</p>
<p>Video Loss Ended</p>
<p>Video Loss Started</p>
<p>Video Loss Ended</p>
<p>Video Loss Started</p>
<p>Video Loss Ended</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark238"></a> View Hot Zone</p>
<p>To view a hot zone, click the hot zone map on the <strong>Map Resources </strong>list on the left, or double-click the hot zone icon on the map.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="814" height="375" class="wp-image-2772" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-90.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 90" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 776" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-90.jpeg 814w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-90-300x138.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-90-768x354.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 814px) 100vw, 814px" /></p>
<p>Click the main map on the <strong>Map Resources </strong>list to return.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark240"></a> 14 audio</p>
<p>Audio services include audio, two-way audio and broadcast. Two-way audio cannot work at the same time with audio or broadcast, which means, starting two-way audio will stop audio or broadcast, and vice versa.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Broadcast is not available on Mac OS.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark242"></a> Audio</p>
<p>When live video is playing, click B in the window toolbar to turn on audio from the camera. The audio is one-way from the camera to your PC and it stops when live video is closed. <strong>Note: </strong>Turning on audio for another camera will turn off audio from the current camera.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark244"></a> Two-Way Audio</p>
<p>Two-way audio is audio communication between a device (camera or NVR) and your PC. Both the device and the PC shall be connected to audio input and output devices.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Two-way audio is available to one device at a time.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark246"></a> Two-Way Audio with a Camera</p>
<p>Double-click the camera or drag it to the window on the right. When two-way audio is started, the audio channel symbol changes (1), the two-way audio symbol flashes in the window&#8217;s upper right corner (2), and a hint appears indicating two-way audio is in use (3).</p>
<p>During two-way audio, you can adjust sound volume (4)(6) or stop two-way audio (5).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="936" height="443" class="wp-image-2773" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-91.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 91" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 777" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-91.jpeg 936w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-91-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-91-768x363.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 936px) 100vw, 936px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark248"></a><em>NOT</em> NOTE!</p>
<p>You may also start two-way audio with a camera (camera only) by clicking in a live view</p>
<p>window.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark250"></a> Two-Way Audio with an NVR</p>
<p>On the <strong>Two-way Audio </strong>tab, double-click the NVR or drag it to the window on the right. When two­way audio is started, the audio channel symbol changes (1), and a hint appears (2) indicating two-way audio is in use.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="923" height="445" class="wp-image-2774" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-92.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 92" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 778" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-92.jpeg 923w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-92-300x145.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-92-768x370.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 923px) 100vw, 923px" /></p>
<p>During two-way audio, you can adjust sound volume (3)(5) or stop two-way audio (4).</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark252"></a> Broadcast</p>
<p>Broadcast is one way from your PC to cameras.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Broadcast </strong>tab. Select audio channels from the left-side list. You can:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Select audio channels one by one.</li>
<li>Select an NVR or an organization to select all audio channels under it.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>. The selected audio channels appear on the broadcast list on the right.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="38" height="36" class="wp-image-2775" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-93.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 93" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 779"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="893" height="407" class="wp-image-2776" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-94.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 94" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 780" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-94.jpeg 893w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-94-300x137.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-94-768x350.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 893px) 100vw, 893px" /></p>
<p><strong>3.</strong></p>
<p>After all the channels are added, click</p>
<p>to start broadcast.</p>
<p>After broadcast is started, you can:</p>
<p>Add more audio channels: Select audio channels on the left-side list (1) and then click <strong>Add.</strong></p>
<p>Broadcast starts automatically for these channels.</p>
<p>Adjust sound volume (2) or click 0 to turn off the microphone.</p>
<p>Delete audio channels from the broadcast list: click İSİ (3) to delete one by one; or select the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="89" height="31" class="wp-image-2777" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-95.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 95" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 781"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="43" class="wp-image-2778" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-96.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 96" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 782"></p>
<p>check box (4) and then click</p>
<p>(5)</p>
<p>to delete in batches.</p>
<p>Stop</p>
<p>broadcast: click</p>
<p>or close the <strong>Audio </strong>page.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark262"></a> S’ NOTE!</p>
<p>Currently, broadcast to an NVR is not available.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark254"></a> 15</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark256"></a> Alarm Configuration</p>
<p>Configure action(s) to trigger when an alarm of a certain type occurs at a specified source; view alarm</p>
<p>records and handle alarms.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark264"></a> Configure Alarm-Triggered Action</p>
<p>Alarm configuration includes the configuration of alarm source, alarm type, device to link, and action</p>
<p>to trigger.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="392" class="wp-image-2779" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-97.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 97" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 783" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-97.jpeg 826w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-97-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-97-768x364.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p><strong>1. </strong>Click <strong>Alarm Configuration </strong>on the control panel and then follow the steps.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click a tab according to the alarm type you want to configure. Take <strong>Camera Alarm </strong>for example.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Camera alarm: includes camera online/offline, event alarm and VCA alarm.</li>
<li>Device alarm: includes device online/offline, disk online/offline, high/low temperature, etc. For</li>
</ul>
<p>DX devices, the following alarm types are available: fan failure, LED distribution box high temperature, LED distribution box smoke alarm, fan failure cleared, LED distribution box high temperature cleared, LED distribution box smoke alarm cleared, high/low temperature cleared.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select an alarm source. The subsequent settings are all configured for this alarm source.</li>
<li>Select an alarm type. An alarm of the specified type will trigger the configured actions. If you choose face recognition match or not match alarm, make sure the monitoring task has been configured (See Monitoring Task).</li>
<li>Configure alarm parameters.</li>
</ol>
<p>For the following alarm types, you need to click <strong>Configuration </strong>to access the device&#8217;s Web interface and complete configuration first: motion detection, tampering detection, alarm input, audio detection, intrusion detection, cross line detection, face detection, defocus detection, object left behind, object removed, human body detection.</p>
<p>Take motion detection as an example, you need to make sure motion detection is enabled, detection area is specified, and arming schedule is configured.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Trigger Actions </strong>tab.</li>
<li>To receive an email alert when an alarm occurs, select the check box and complete email configuration (see System Configuration).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>. A dialog box appears. Select the device(s) to link and then click <strong>OK</strong>. The linked device(s) appear on the list. The device(s) will be triggered to perform the specified action(s) when an alarm of the specified type (step 2) occurs at the specified source (step 1).</li>
<li>Configure actions to trigger:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Alarm-triggered live view: An alarm will trigger a pop-up window playing live video from the camera.</li>
<li>Alarm-triggered preset: An alarm will trigger the PTZ camera to rotate to the preset. The presets in the list must be configured beforehand.</li>
<li>Alarm-triggered output: An alarm will trigger the camera to output an alarm and trigger an action by a third-party device.</li>
<li>Alarm-triggered video wall: An alarm will trigger the video wall to play live video from the camera. You need to complete video wall configuration first. Only one camera can be selected.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>&amp;</p>
<ul>
<li>in the bottom left corn er of the GUI</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark266"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>In order for alarm-triggered live view to take effect, click and select <strong>Display Link Video</strong>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Triggering live video from multiple cameras may cause high CPU usage of your PC and may therefore affect other services.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark268"></a> View Alarm Records</p>
<p>Click <strong>Alarm Records </strong>on the control panel to view alarm records, acknowledge alarms, and export alarm data to your PC.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark270"></a> Latest Alarm</p>
<p>The <strong>Latest Alarm </strong>tab list alarms reported since your current login and refreshes automatically.</p>
<p>History Alarm</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Alarm Type All</strong></p>
<p><strong>© Acknowledge</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Alarm Level Filter if :</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong>Select All [ 1 L&lt;</strong></td>
<td><strong>,vel^ ■ L</strong></td>
<td><strong>evel£ ■ Level^</strong></td>
<td><strong>■ Level Jg</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2"><strong><sup>L</sup>«v^Jj</strong></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>O Alai» Time</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alain Source</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Level</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Preview</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:21</strong></td>
<td><strong>HIC6881-IR_192.168. 2. 221</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:06</strong></td>
<td><strong>HTC6881-IB.192.168.2.221</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:01</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Face Detection</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:01</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.107_003_g®tfl. 03</strong></td>
<td><strong>Audio Detection 1</strong></td>
<td><strong>inded</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:00</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ended</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:57:00</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Ended</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:55</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:55</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:54</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Face Detection</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>®</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:53</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ended</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:53</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Ended</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:49</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:48</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:48</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□ 2021-03-10 14:56:47</strong></td>
<td><strong>HTC6881-IB.192.168.2.221</strong></td>
<td><strong>Motion Detection</strong></td>
<td><strong>Started</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Q 2021-03-10 14:56:45</strong></td>
<td><strong>192.168.2.222.001</strong></td>
<td><strong>Face Detection</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>■ Level 2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>I—&gt;</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>Z2X</strong></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A a ® 0</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td><strong>admin</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
<p>You can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Sort records in ascending/descending order by clicking a header (e.g., <strong>Alarm Time</strong>).</li>
<li>Acknowledge alarms: Select (or double-click) an alarm and click <strong>Acknowledge</strong>. Acknowledged alarms are moved to the <strong>History </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Click to turn on/off alarm sound.</li>
</ul>
<p>to play an alarm video. The length of alarm video is configurable in system configuration</p>
<p>Click</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="42" class="wp-image-2780" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-98.png" alt="word image 2682 98" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 784"> (<strong>Operation </strong>&gt; <strong>Alarm </strong>&gt; <strong>Stop Playback After </strong>and <strong>Start Playback Before</strong>).</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Latest Alarm </strong>button ( ) in the lower left corner of your GUI. On the page displayed,</p>
<p>you can turn on/off alarm sound, select/deselect <strong>Display Link Video </strong>to enable/disable alarm- triggered live video, or double-click a record to display the full <strong>Realtime Alarm </strong>tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="952" height="145" class="wp-image-2781" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-99.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 99" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 785" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-99.jpeg 952w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-99-300x46.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-99-768x117.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 952px) 100vw, 952px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="46" height="54" class="wp-image-2782" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-100.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 100" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 786"></p>
<p>Click the <strong>Alarm-triggered View </strong>button</p>
<p>to view alarm-triggered live video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="885" height="523" class="wp-image-2783" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-101.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 101" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 787" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-101.jpeg 885w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-101-300x177.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-101-768x454.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 885px) 100vw, 885px" /></p>
<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
<ul>
<li>The window toolbar is available (see Live View Window Toolbar).</li>
<li>Lock Screen: When this option is selected, the current window layout (e.g., 4-window layout) is</li>
</ul>
<p>locked, and it does not change as new alarm-triggered live video occurs.</p>
<ul>
<li>Lock Current Live View: When this option is selected, the current live video will not be replaced by new alarm-triggered live video.</li>
<li>Live video stops when the set play time is over (see Configure Alarm-Triggered Action). You can</li>
</ul>
<p>play the video again by double-clicking the alarm record in the top left area.</p>
<p>* Click the button in the lower left corner to open the alarm records page. Alarm level and corresponding alarm types:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Level</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 1</td>
<td>Manual alarm</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 2</td>
<td>Device offline, motion detection started, alarm input started, cross line detection, intrusion detection, face detection, audio detection started, defocus detection started, scene change detection, auto tracking, tampering detection started, disk abnormal, disk offline, array damaged, array degraded, face recognition match alarm, face recognition not match alarm, object left behind, object removed, human body detection, video loss started, high temperature, low temperature, fan failure, LED distribution box high temperature, LED distribution box smoke alarm.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 3</td>
<td>Device online, disk online.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 4</td>
<td>Reserved.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Level 5</td>
<td>Motion detection ended, alarm input ended, auto tracking alarm cleared, audio detection ended, tampering detection ended, array back to normal, video loss</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alarm Level</strong></td>
<td><strong>Alarm Type</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>ended, high temperature cleared, low temperature cleared, fan failure cleared, LED distribution box high temperature cleared, LED distribution box smoke alarm cleared.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark272"></a> History Alarm</p>
<p>All alarms, including latest alarms and history alarms, can be retrieved on the <strong>History </strong>tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="920" height="212" class="wp-image-2784" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-102.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 102" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 788" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-102.jpeg 920w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-102-300x69.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-102-768x177.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 920px) 100vw, 920px" /></p>
<p>You can:</p>
<p>* Set search conditions. Click <strong>Reset </strong>to reset search conditions.</p>
<p>Click a header (e.g., Alarm Time) to sort records in ascending/descending order.</p>
<p>Choose the number of records displayed per page.</p>
<p>Double-click a record to view details. <strong>Alarm Time </strong>is your PC&#8217;s system time when the alarm occurs, and <strong>Device Time </strong>is the device&#8217;s system time when the alarm occurs. The times can be different. You will also find a time difference if your PC and the device belong to different time zones.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="524" height="557" class="wp-image-2785" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-103.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 103" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 789" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-103.jpeg 524w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-103-282x300.jpeg 282w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 524px) 100vw, 524px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Select an alarm and click <strong>Acknowledge </strong>to acknowledge it.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export search results to your PC as a CSV file. Use Microsoft Excel to open it.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark258"></a> 16</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark260"></a> Operation Logs</p>
<p>Click <strong>Operation Log </strong>on the control panel to query logs and export search results to your PC. Log information includes username, operation details and result.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="938" height="183" class="wp-image-2786" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-104.jpeg" alt="word image 2682 104" title="Turing SMART Station Installation Guide 790" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-104.jpeg 938w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-104-300x59.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/word-image-2682-104-768x150.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 938px) 100vw, 938px" /></p>
<p>You can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Set search conditions. Click <strong>Reset </strong>to reset search conditions.</li>
<li>Click a header (e.g., Log Time) to sort records in ascending/descending order.</li>
<li>Choose the number of records displayed per page.</li>
<li>Double-click a record to view details.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export search results to your PC as a CSV file.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark274"></a> 17</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark276"></a> System Configuration</p>
<p>Click <strong>System Configuration </strong>on the control panel to configure the following parameters.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Audio &amp;</p>
<p>Video</td>
<td rowspan="4">Video</td>
<td>Processing</p>
<p>Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Short Delay: Video delay is minimized, though video quality may not be satisfactory.</li>
<li>Fluent: Video fluency takes priority, and video delay may exist.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stream Type</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Adapt to Screen Layout : When this option is</li>
</ul>
<p>selected, the client chooses a stream type</p>
<p>according to the number of windows:</p>
<p>Windows &gt; 16: Third stream</p>
<p>4 &lt; Windows &lt;16: Sub stream</p>
<p>Windows &lt; 4: Main stream</p>
<ul>
<li>Use Default Stream Type: Choose the main, sub or third stream.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display Mode</td>
<td>Set according to the display capability of your PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stream</td>
<td>Transmission protocol for a camera to send video data</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="5"></td>
<td>Transmission</p>
<p>Protocol</td>
<td>to the display window. The changed setting takes effect at the next startup of the software.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note</em></strong><em>:</em></p>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>TCP </em></strong><em>is recommended in poor network conditions.</em></li>
<li><em>For </em><strong><em>UDP, </em></strong><em>make sure the software is not blocked by the firewall.</em></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play Main</p>
<p>Stream in Maximized</p>
<p>Live View</p>
<p>Window</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Selected: When you maximize a live view window by a double-click or using the shortcut menu, the system automatically switches to the main stream if it is not the current stream type; and when the window restores, so does the stream type.</li>
<li>Not selected: Maximizing a live view window does not change the stream type.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable</p>
<p>Shortcut PTZ</p>
<p>Control</td>
<td>When enabled, shortcut PTZ control is available.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable VCA</p>
<p>Rule</td>
<td>When enabled, VCA rules display on the live video of the camera that supports this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable GPU</p>
<p>Mode</td>
<td>When enabled, the software can start stream for more cameras.</p>
<p>The supported encoding formats (e.g., H.264, H.265) are displayed when this option is enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Snapshot</td>
<td>Snapshot Mode</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Auto: Save snapshot(s) in specified format to the specified path.</li>
<li>Manual: In this mode, user can select the snapshot(s) to save, set the path and format, and enter remarks (for JPEG only).</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Continuous</p>
<p>Snapshot Interval</td>
<td>Time interval between two snapshots.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Continuous</p>
<p>Snapshots</td>
<td>Number of snapshots to take every time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Snapshot</p>
<p>Format</td>
<td>Choose the format of snapshots taken to be saved on your client computer:</p>
<ul>
<li>BMP: Save snapshots without compression. It takes more space than JPEG.</li>
<li>JPEG: Snapshots are compressed to save space at the expense of reduced image quality.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Recording</td>
<td>Downloaded</p>
<p>Recording</td>
<td>Format and save path of downloaded recordings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Local</td>
<td>Format and save path of local recordings.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Recording</td>
<td>Set the recording policy when recording space is used up:</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td rowspan="3"></td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Overwrite: Earliest recordings will be overwritten by new recordings when space is used up.</li>
<li>Stop: Recording stops when space is used up.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording space: The disk space used to save recordings.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p><em>It&#8217;s recommended to set at least 2GB recording space.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Recording file size: The size of a single recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6">System</td>
<td rowspan="2">Startup</td>
<td>Enable Auto Login to</p>
<p>Smart Station 3.0</td>
<td>When enabled, you will automatically log in to Smart Station after you start the software.</p>
<p>If <strong>Enable Auto Login to Windows </strong>is enabled at the same time, the software will automatically start after the computer accesses the Windows operating system.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enable Auto</p>
<p>Login to</p>
<p>Windows</td>
<td>When enabled, automatically log in to Windows with the provided username and password at startup.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Log</td>
<td>Save Operation Log For</td>
<td>Retention period for operation logs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Save Alarm</p>
<p>Log For</td>
<td>Retention period for alarm logs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Maintenance</td>
<td>Import</p>
<p>Configuration</td>
<td>Import configurations from a configuration file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export</p>
<p>Configuration</td>
<td>Export configurations to save as a file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Operation</td>
<td rowspan="2">Alarm</td>
<td>Enable Alarm</p>
<p>Sound</td>
<td>If enabled, you can custom alarm sound duration and set different sounds for different alarm types.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start</p>
<p>Playback Before/After</td>
<td>Length of video before/after the alarm time for playback. Use these settings to customize the length of alarm video that plays on the <strong>Alarm Records </strong>page.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td>Service</td>
<td>Enable Auto</p>
<p>Time Sync</td>
<td>If enabled, the software syncs the PC&#8217;s system time to cameras at the synchronization interval.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Email</td>
<td colspan="2">Required for alarm-triggered email (see Configure Alarm-Triggered Action). The specified email address(es) will receive an email when an alarm occurs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="9"></td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2">
<ul>
<li>Encryption Type: choose the encryption type of email transmission.</li>
<li>Sender: Email address used to send emails.</li>
<li>Recipient: Email address used to receive emails.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use the sender address as the recipient and click <strong>Send Test Email </strong>to make a test.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7">Epidemic control</td>
<td>Temperature Unit</td>
<td>Choose <strong>Celsius </strong>or <strong>Fahrenheit </strong>as the temperature unit.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mask</p>
<p>Detection</td>
<td>Enable/disable mask detection. When enabled, the number of people not wearing a mask is displayed in <strong>Face Recognition </strong>&gt; <strong>Realtime Monitoring</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Abnormal Temperature Detection</td>
<td>Enable/disable abnormal temperature detection. When enabled, the number of people with an abnormal temperature is displayed in <strong>Face</strong></p>
<p><strong>Recognition </strong>&gt; <strong>Realtime Monitoring</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Abnormal</p>
<p>Temperature</p>
<p>Threshold</td>
<td>The system reports an alarm when the temperature measured is higher than the threshold.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Sound</td>
<td>When enabled, the alarm will sound when an abnormal temperature or a person not wearing a mask is detected. Make sure you enable <strong>Abnormal Temperature Detection </strong>or <strong>Mask Detection </strong>first.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pop-up Alarm</p>
<p>Window</td>
<td>When enabled, an alarm window will pop up when an abnormal temperature or a person not wearing a mask is detected. Make sure you enable <strong>Abnormal Temperature Detection </strong>or <strong>Mask Detection </strong>first.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Send Email</td>
<td>When enabled, an alarm email will be sent when an abnormal temperature or a person not wearing a mask is detected. Make sure you enable <strong>Abnormal Temperature Detection </strong>or <strong>Mask Detection </strong>first.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Attribute Display</td>
<td colspan="2">Configure parameters to be displayed on the <strong>Realtime Monitoring</strong>, <strong>Alarm Records</strong>, and <strong>Pass-Thru Records </strong>tabs in the <strong>Face Recognition </strong>module. All parameters are displayed by default. You can hide certain parameters on these tabs and still view all parameters in the <strong>Details </strong>window.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Parameter</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Click <strong>User Management </strong>on the control panel to add, edit or delete users.</p>
<p>Use the default username/password (<strong>admin</strong>/<strong>123456) </strong>to log in. &#8220;admin&#8221; is the super administrator and cannot be deleted.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark278"></a> 18</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark280"></a> User Management</p>
<ol>
<li>To add a user, click <strong>Add</strong>:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Administrator: Only admin can add administrator. Administrator has all permissions by default.</li>
<li>Operator: Admin or administrator with user management permissions can add operators. An operator has no permission by default.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>To assign permissions, specify permissions on the left. For some permissions (e.g., Live View), you need to select device(s) on the right.</li>
<li>To edit a user (username, password, permissions), double-click the user on the list; to delete user(s), select and click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark286"></a> NOTE!</p>
<p>Menus may be grayed out or hidden for lack of permission. Contact admin if necessary.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark282"></a> 19</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark284"></a> Appendix</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark288"></a> Add an Encoding Device by MyDDNS</p>
<ol>
<li>Enable UPnP on your router. Refer to router&#8217;s user guide.</li>
<li>Log in to the Web interface of your device and enable port mapping (<strong>Network </strong>&gt; <strong>Port Mapping</strong>).</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Mapping Mode: <strong>UPnP </strong>is recommended</li>
<li>Mapping Type: <strong>Auto </strong>is recommended. The device and the router negotiate external ports.</li>
<li>If you choose <strong>Manual</strong>, make sure the ports you set are valid; otherwise, port mapping does not take effect.</li>
<li>If external IP address is not displayed: a. make sure UPnP is enabled on the router; b. some routers limit the number of devices for port mapping. If the maximum number has reached, revoke unnecessary port mapping.</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>On the Web interface of the device, configure DDNS (<strong>Network </strong>&gt; <strong>DDNS</strong>) as follows:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>DDNS Type: MyDDNS</li>
<li>Server Address: <a href="http://www.star4live.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.star4live.com</a></li>
<li>Port: 80</li>
<li>Domain Name: Choose one that is easy to remember (e.g., myNVR123) and test whether it is available.</li>
<li>If configuration succeeds, the device is online, and the server address is displayed (e.g., <a href="http://www.star4live.com/myNVR123" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">www.star4live.com/myNVR123</a>).</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Add the encoding device on the software:</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Adding Mode: MyDDNS</li>
<li>Device Name: Set as needed</li>
<li>Domain: Domain name you get in step 3 (myNVR123 in this case)</li>
<li>Enter the username and password of the device</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark290"></a> Auxiliary Monitor Recovery</p>
<p>If your PC is connected to an auxiliary monitor, you can use it to display a tab (e.g., <strong>Live View</strong>) by dragging the tab to the auxiliary monitor. The tab will remain on the auxiliary monitor when the software restarts.</p>
<p><a id="post-2682-bookmark292"></a> Multi-Window Display</p>
<p>Drag a tab to open a new window.</p>
<p>Example:</p>
<p>Alarm Records</p>
<p>People Counting</p>
<p>Latest Alarm</p>
<p>Device Management</p>
<p>Realtime Statistics</p>
<p>Alarm Source</p>
<p>Video Channel</p>
<p>Alarm Type A Q Enter Keywords</p>
<ul>
<li>□ IPC(3/3)</li>
</ul>
<p>Alarm Level Filt&lt; _</p>
<p>□ HIC6881</p>
<p>. + □ IT TIC2221</p>
<p>Details Q</p>
<ul>
<li>□ Bk NVR(14/18)</li>
</ul>
<p>Group</p>
<p>SS Encoding Device</p>
<p>SS Decoding Device</p>
<p>Wï Cloud Device</p>
<p>iS Access Control Device</p>
<p>Network Keyboard</p>
<p>Managed Device(6) “I<sup>&#8211;</sup> Add Edit |||| Delete © Time Sy: Status Q En</p>
<p>| | Name IP Address Status Mod</p>
<p>□ NVR304-16E~B~DT_192.168.2.104 192.168.2.104 «Online cesh</p>
<p>□ HVR301-04LB-P4J92.168. 2. 107 192.168. 2. 107 ■ Online NVR-</p>
<p>Click <strong>Count</strong>, and results appear.</p>
<p>* Place the cursor on the line/column to view the number at a time point.</p>
<ol>
<li id="post-2682-footnote-2">Only NVR channels supporting face detection or face recognition can be selected.Perform the following operations as needed:* Add a stranger’s face snapshot to a face library
<p>Put your mouse pointer on the face snapshot and click ^^3. You need to enter the required information including name and ID number and specify the target library. <a href="#post-2682-footnote-ref-2">↑</a></li>
<li id="post-2682-footnote-3">View detailsClick a record to view alarm details.* Export records
<p>Click <strong>Export </strong>to export all the search results. <a href="#post-2682-footnote-ref-3">↑</a></li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/turing-smart-station-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
